xref: /linux/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h (revision 07fdad3a93756b872da7b53647715c48d0f4a2d0)
1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3 /*
4  * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5  *
6  * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7  * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8  * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9  * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10  * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11  * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12  * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13  * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
14  * Copyright (C) 2018-2025 Intel Corporation
15  *
16  * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17  * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18  * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19  *
20  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21  * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22  * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23  * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24  * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26  * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27  *
28  */
29 
30 /*
31  * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32  * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33  * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34  *
35  * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36  * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37  * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38  * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39  * can actually be identified and removed.
40  * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41  */
42 
43 #include <linux/types.h>
44 
45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46 
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG		"config"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN		"scan"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG		"regulatory"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME		"mlme"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR		"vendor"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN		"nan"
53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE	"testmode"
54 
55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN	4
56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX	15
57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN	1
58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX	0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
59 
60 /**
61  * DOC: Station handling
62  *
63  * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64  * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65  * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66  * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
67  * to.
68  *
69  * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
70  * capabilities.
71  *
72  * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73  * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74  *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75  *    or capability information; this just exists to avoid race conditions
76  *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77  *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78  *    time mark it authorized.
79  *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80  *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81  *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
82  *
83  * TODO: need more info for other interface types
84  */
85 
86 /**
87  * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
88  *
89  * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90  * management entities such as wpa_supplicant to react to management frames
91  * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92  * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93  * for various reasons.
94  *
95  * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96  * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97  * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98  * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99  * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100  * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
101  * for doing that.
102  *
103  * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104  * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105  * attributes so applications know what to expect.
106  *
107  * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108  *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109  *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110  *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111  *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112  *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
113  *
114  * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115  * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116  * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame is transmitted, its
117  * status is indicated to the sending socket.
118  *
119  * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
120  * below.
121  */
122 
123 /**
124  * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
125  *
126  * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs; they can have
127  * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128  * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129  * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
130  *
131  * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132  * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133  * types there no concurrency is implied.
134  *
135  * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136  * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137  * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138  * an additional list of these; they can be added at any time and
139  * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140  * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141  * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
142  *
143  * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144  * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145  * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146  * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147  * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148  * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149  * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150  * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
151  *
152  * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153  * interfaces that a given device supports.
154  */
155 
156 /**
157  * DOC: packet coalesce support
158  *
159  * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160  * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161  * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162  * and power consumption.
163  *
164  * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165  * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166  * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167  * following events occurs.
168  * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169  * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170  * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches its limit.
171  * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
172  *
173  * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
174  * rule.
175  * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176  * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177  * c) Condition for coalescence: pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178  * Multiple such rules can be created.
179  */
180 
181 /**
182  * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
183  *
184  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185  * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186  * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187  * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188  * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189  * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190  * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
191  *
192  * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193  * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194  * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195  * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196  * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197  * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
198  * not present.
199  *
200  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201  * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202  * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203  * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204  * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205  * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206  * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
207  *
208  * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209  * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210  * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
211  */
212 
213 /**
214  * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
215  *
216  * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertised by drivers by
217  * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218  * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219  * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220  * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221  * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222  * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227  * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228  * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229  * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230  * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
231  *
232  * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233  * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234  * up a connection or after roaming.
235  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238  *	%Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239  * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240  * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
241  *
242  * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertised by a FILS
243  * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244  * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245  * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246  * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247  * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248  * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
249  */
250 
251 /**
252  * DOC: SAE authentication offload
253  *
254  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255  * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256  * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257  * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
258  *
259  * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260  * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
261  * respectively.
262  */
263 
264 /**
265  * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
266  *
267  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268  * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269  * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270  * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271  * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272  * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
273  * that main netdev.
274  *
275  * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276  * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277  * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
278  */
279 
280 /**
281  * DOC: TID configuration
282  *
283  * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284  * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
285  *
286  * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287  * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288  * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
289  *
290  * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291  * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292  * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293  * any peers that have peer-specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294  * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer-specific values
295  * will be overwritten.
296  *
297  * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection,
298  * i.e., the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299  * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300  * the interface goes down.
301  */
302 
303 /**
304  * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
305  *
306  * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
307  *
308  * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
309  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
310  * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
311  * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
312  * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
313  *
314  * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
315  * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
316  * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
317  * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
318  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
319  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
320  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
321  *			(STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
322  *
323  * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
324  */
325 
326 /**
327  * DOC: Multi-Link Operation
328  *
329  * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between two MLDs utilizes multiple
330  * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need
331  * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute.
332  * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link
333  * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to
334  * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions.
335  */
336 
337 /**
338  * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload
339  *
340  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate
341  * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is
342  * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and
343  * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK.
344  */
345 
346 /**
347  * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
348  *
349  * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
350  *
351  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
352  *	to get a list of all present wiphys.
353  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
354  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
355  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
356  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
357  *	channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
358  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
359  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
360  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.  However, for setting the channel,
361  *	see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
362  *	compatibility only.
363  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
364  *	or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
365  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
366  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
367  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
368  *
369  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
370  *	either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
371  *	single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
372  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
373  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
374  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
375  *	to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
376  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
377  *	be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
378  *	then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
379  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
380  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
381  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
382  *	userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
383  *	attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
384  *	enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
385  *	and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
386  *	the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
387  *
388  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
389  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
390  *	represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key,
391  *	the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
392  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
393  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
394  *	For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by
395  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
396  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
397  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
398  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents
399  *	peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO
400  *	group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
401  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
402  *	or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address
403  *	for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by
404  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
405  *
406  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
407  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
408  *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
409  *	attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
410  *	internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
411  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
412  * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
413  *	are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
414  *	do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
415  *	%NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
416  *	%NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
417  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
418  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
419  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
420  *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
421  *	The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
422  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
423  *	attributes determining channel width.
424  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
425  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
426  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
427  *
428  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
429  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
430  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
431  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
432  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
433  *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
434  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
435  *	or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
436  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in
437  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
438  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
439  *	of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
440  *	(Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
441  *	frame). %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID can be used optionally to remove
442  *	stations connected and using at least that link as one of its links.
443  *
444  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
445  *	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
446  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
447  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
448  *	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
449  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
450  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
451  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
452  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
453  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
454  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
455  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
456  *
457  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
458  *	regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
459  *	has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
460  *	global regdomain will be returned.
461  *	A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
462  *	regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
463  *	information will still be mended according to further hints from
464  *	the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
465  *	is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
466  *	all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
467  *	If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
468  *	its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
469  *	core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
470  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
471  *	after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
472  *	domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
473  *	current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
474  *	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
475  *	regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
476  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
477  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
478  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
479  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
480  * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
481  *	to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
482  *	store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
483  *
484  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
485  *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
486  *
487  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
488  *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
489  *
490  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
491  *	interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
492  *	frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
493  *	added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
494  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
495  *	added to all specified management frames generated by
496  *	kernel/firmware/driver.
497  *	Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
498  *	point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
499  *	command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
500  *	option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
501  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
502  *	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
503  *
504  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
505  * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
506  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
507  *	probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
508  *	specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
509  *	be used.
510  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
511  *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
512  * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
513  *	partial scan results may be available
514  *
515  * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
516  *	intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
517  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
518  *	not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
519  *	scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
520  *	These attributes are mutually exclusive,
521  *	i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
522  *	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
523  *	If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
524  *	plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
525  *	Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
526  *	are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
527  *	broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
528  *	string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
529  *	a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
530  *	if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
531  *	passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
532  *	are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
533  *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
534  *	scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
535  *	is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
536  *	scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
537  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
538  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
539  *	scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
540  *	as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
541  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
542  *	results available.
543  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
544  *	stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
545  *	scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
546  *	does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
547  *	a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
548  *	%NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
549  *	is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
550  *
551  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey results, e.g. channel occupation
552  *      or noise level
553  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
554  *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
555  *
556  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
557  *	(for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
558  *	(PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
559  *	using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
560  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
561  *	authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
562  *	advertised by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
563  *	ESS.
564  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
565  *	(for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
566  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
567  *	authentication. Additionally in case of SAE offload and OWE offloads
568  *	PMKSA entry can be deleted using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID.
569  * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
570  *
571  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
572  *	has been changed and provides details of the request information
573  *	that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
574  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
575  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
576  *	the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
577  *	%NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
578  *	set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
579  *	%NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
580  *	to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
581  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
582  *	has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
583  *	any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
584  *	where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
585  *	if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
586  *	driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
587  *	doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
588  *	on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
589  *	or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
590  *	never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
591  *	enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
592  *	either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
593  *	userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
594  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
595  *	before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
596  *	the beacon hint was processed.
597  *
598  * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
599  *	This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
600  *	as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
601  *	authentication process.
602  *	When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
603  *	interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
604  *	BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
605  *	the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
606  *	request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
607  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequency of the
608  *	channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
609  *	authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
610  *	(VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
611  *	to the frame.
612  *	When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
613  *	frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
614  *	frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
615  *	state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
616  *	MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
617  *	included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
618  *	(including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
619  *	also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
620  *	case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
621  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
622  *	pending authentication timed out).
623  * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
624  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
625  *	(similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
626  *	MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
627  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
628  *	request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
629  *	included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
630  *	included).
631  * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
632  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
633  *	MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
634  *	primitives).
635  * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
636  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
637  *	MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
638  *
639  * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
640  *	MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
641  *	event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
642  *	the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
643  *	type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
644  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
645  *	event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
646  *
647  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
648  *	FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
649  *	and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
650  *	should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
651  *	executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
652  *	may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
653  *	given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
654  *	given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
655  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
656  *	determined by the network interface.
657  *
658  * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
659  *	to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
660  *	to the driver.
661  *
662  * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
663  *	requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
664  *	auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
665  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
666  *	IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
667  *	%NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
668  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
669  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
670  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
671  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
672  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
673  *	If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
674  *	restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
675  *	within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
676  *	can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
677  *	allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
678  *	ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
679  *	set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
680  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
681  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
682  *	Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
683  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
684  *	included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
685  *	space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
686  *	up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
687  *	userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
688  *	driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
689  *	has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
690  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
691  *	the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
692  *	a different BSS is desired.
693  *	Background scan period can optionally be
694  *	specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
695  *	if not specified default background scan configuration
696  *	in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
697  *	This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
698  *	It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
699  *	connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
700  *	determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
701  *	non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
702  *	event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
703  *	authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
704  *	Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
705  *	well to remain backwards compatible.
706  * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
707  *	When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
708  *	fast transition, this event should be followed by an
709  *	%NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
710  *	Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
711  *	%NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
712  *	new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
713  * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
714  *	userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
715  *	reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
716  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
717  *
718  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
719  *	associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
720  *
721  * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
722  *	channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
723  *	off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
724  *	a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
725  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
726  *	radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
727  *	frequency for the operation.
728  *	%NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
729  *	to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
730  *	notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
731  *	driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
732  *	radio).
733  *	When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
734  *	that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
735  *	the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
736  * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
737  *	pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
738  *	completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
739  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
740  *	radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
741  *	uniquely identify the request.
742  *	This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
743  *	remain-on-channel duration has expired.
744  *
745  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
746  *	rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
747  *	and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
748  *
749  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
750  *	(via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
751  *	requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
752  *	backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
753  *	and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
754  *	that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
755  *	four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
756  *	cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
757  *	socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
758  *	The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
759  *	%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
760  *	case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
761  *	flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
762  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
763  *	backward compatibility
764  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
765  *	command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
766  *	as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
767  *	kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
768  *	user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
769  *	frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
770  *	to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
771  *	received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
772  *	or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
773  *	and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
774  *	specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
775  *	returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
776  *	TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
777  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
778  *	management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
779  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
780  *	counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
781  *	is used during CSA period.
782  *	For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be
783  *	specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses
784  *	in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by
785  *	lower layers.
786  *	For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
787  *	indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may
788  *	be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp.
789  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
790  *	command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
791  *	time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.  This command is
792  *	also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
793  *	wait time.
794  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
795  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
796  *	transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
797  *	the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
798  *	frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
799  *	the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the
800  *	tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
801  *	indicate the ack RX timestamp.
802  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
803  *	backward compatibility.
804  *
805  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
806  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
807  *
808  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
809  *	is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
810  *	levels.
811  * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
812  *	command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
813  *	reached.
814  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
815  *	and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
816  *	(identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
817  *	In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
818  *	with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
819  *	When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
820  *	no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
821  *	of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
822  *	precedence when they are used.
823  *
824  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
825  *	(no longer supported).
826  *
827  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
828  *	multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
829  *	with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
830  *	will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
831  *	MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
832  *	break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
833  *	unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
834  *	to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
835  *	This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
836  *	type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
837  *	(%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
838  *	If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
839  *	command, the feature is disabled.
840  *
841  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
842  *	mesh config parameters may be given.
843  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
844  *	network is determined by the network interface.
845  *
846  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
847  *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
848  *	deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
849  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
850  *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
851  *	disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
852  *
853  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
854  *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
855  *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
856  *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
857  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
858  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
859  *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
860  *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
861  *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
862  *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
863  *      depending on the authentication result.
864  *
865  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
866  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
867  *	Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
868  *	various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
869  *	command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
870  *	more background information, see
871  *	https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
872  *	The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
873  *	from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
874  *	@NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
875  *	for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
876  *	in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
877  *	wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
878  *
879  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
880  *	the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
881  *	feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
882  *	is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
883  *	contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
884  *	this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
885  *	inform userspace of the new replay counter.
886  *
887  * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
888  *	of PMKSA caching candidates.
889  *
890  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
891  *	In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
892  *	actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
893  *	In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
894  *	operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
895  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
896  *	%NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
897  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
898  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
899  *	sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
900  *	802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
901  *	8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
902  *	supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
903  *	and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
904  *	&enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
905  *
906  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
907  *	(or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
908  *	implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
909  *	frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
910  *	is received.
911  *	For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
912  *	other attributes like the interface index are present.
913  *	If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
914  *	only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
915  *	is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
916  *
917  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
918  *	associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
919  *	and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
920  *	to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
921  *
922  * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
923  *	by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
924  *	acknowledged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
925  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
926  *	direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
927  *	up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
928  *	has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
929  *
930  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
931  *	other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
932  *	OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
933  *	messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
934  *
935  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
936  *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
937  *
938  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
939  *	independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
940  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
941  *	attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
942  *	sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
943  *	from the remote AP) is completed;
944  *
945  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
946  *	has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
947  *	(ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
948  *	initiated on our own).  It indicates that
949  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
950  *	after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
951  *	decide to react to this indication by requesting other
952  *	interfaces to change channel as well.
953  *
954  * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
955  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
956  *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
957  *	P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
958  *	public action frame TX.
959  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
960  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
961  *
962  * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
963  *	notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
964  *	station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
965  *	is used for this.
966  *
967  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
968  *	for IBSS or MESH vif.
969  *
970  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
971  *	This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
972  *	address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
973  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
974  *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
975  *	is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
976  *	will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
977  *	command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
978  *	ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
979  *
980  * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
981  *	a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
982  *	or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
983  *	this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
984  *	while operating on this channel.
985  *	%NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
986  *	event.
987  *
988  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
989  *	i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
990  *	Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
991  *
992  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
993  *	Information Element to the WLAN driver
994  *
995  * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
996  *	to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
997  *	with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
998  *	received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
999  *
1000  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
1001  *	a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
1002  *	complete.
1003  *
1004  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
1005  *	return back to normal.
1006  *
1007  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
1008  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
1009  *
1010  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
1011  *	new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
1012  *	in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
1013  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
1014  *	new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
1015  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
1016  *	width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
1017  *	other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
1018  *	switch is complete.
1019  *
1020  * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
1021  *	by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
1022  *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
1023  *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
1024  *	For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
1025  *	used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
1026  *	(&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
1027  *	This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
1028  *
1029  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
1030  *	The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
1031  *	that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
1032  *	QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
1033  *	association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
1034  *
1035  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
1036  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
1037  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
1038  *	Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
1039  *	userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
1040  *	up the TX TS in the driver/device.
1041  *	If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
1042  *	if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
1043  *	avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
1044  *	make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
1045  *	fail even if the check was successful.
1046  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
1047  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
1048  *	before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
1049  *	or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
1050  *
1051  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
1052  *	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
1053  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
1054  *
1055  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
1056  *	bandwidth of a channel must be given.
1057  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
1058  *	network is determined by the network interface.
1059  *
1060  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1061  *	identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1062  *	provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1063  *	channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1064  *	%NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1065  *	The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1066  *	operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1067  *	AP.
1068  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1069  *	peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1070  *	when this command completes.
1071  *
1072  * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1073  *	as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1074  *	management.
1075  *
1076  * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1077  *	not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1078  *	cfg80211_scan_done().
1079  *
1080  * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1081  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1082  *	previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1083  *	has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1084  *	cluster. This command must have a valid
1085  *	%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1086  *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1087  *	omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1088  *	decide what to use. Additional cluster configuration may be
1089  *	optionally provided with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG.
1090  *	After this command NAN functions can be added.
1091  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1092  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1093  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1094  *	with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1095  *	operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1096  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1097  *	of the function upon success.
1098  *	Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1099  *	way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1100  *	event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1101  *	function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1102  *	which just terminated.
1103  *	This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1104  *	returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1105  *	the response to this command.
1106  *	Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1107  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1108  *	This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1109  *	terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1110  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1111  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1112  *	configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1113  *	was executed).  It must contain at least one of the following
1114  *	attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1115  *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1116  *	current configuration is not changed.  If it is present but
1117  *	set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1118  *	(i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1119  *	Additional parameters may be provided with
1120  *	%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG. User space should provide all previously
1121  *	configured nested attributes under %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG, even if
1122  *	only a subset was changed.
1123  * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1124  *	This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1125  *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1126  *
1127  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1128  *	for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1129  *	BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1130  *	does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1131  *	only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1132  *
1133  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1134  *	for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1135  *	When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1136  *	PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1137  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1138  *	configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1139  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1140  * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates port is authorized and
1141  *	open for regular data traffic. For STA/P2P-client, this event is sent
1142  *	with AP MAC address and for AP/P2P-GO, the event carries the STA/P2P-
1143  *	client MAC address.
1144  *	Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload should send this event for
1145  *	STA/P2P-client after successful 4-way HS or after 802.1X FT following
1146  *	NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or NL80211_CMD_ROAM. Drivers using AP/P2P-GO 4-way
1147  *	handshake offload should send this event on successful completion of
1148  *	4-way handshake with the peer (STA/P2P-client).
1149  * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1150  *	and RX notification.  This command is used both as a request to transmit
1151  *	a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1152  *	has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1153  *	frame contents.  The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1154  *	802.11 headers.
1155  *	For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and
1156  *	its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known
1157  *	to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit
1158  *	the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both
1159  *	the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link
1160  *	address of that link.
1161  *	When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1162  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1163  *	indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1164  *	was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1165  *
1166  * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1167  *
1168  * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1169  *	drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1170  *	association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1171  *	This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1172  *	to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1173  *	driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1174  *
1175  *	User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1176  *	trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1177  *	this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1178  *	space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1179  *	space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1180  *	further with the association after getting successful authentication
1181  *	status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1182  *	%NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1183  *	command interface.
1184  *
1185  *	Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in
1186  *	%NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO
1187  *	during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD
1188  *	APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability
1189  *	in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling
1190  *	MLO during the authentication offload or not.
1191  *	User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it
1192  *	receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User
1193  *	space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request
1194  *	doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable.
1195  *	User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and
1196  *	interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD
1197  *	address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and
1198  *	BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the
1199  *	MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the
1200  *	authentication.
1201  *
1202  *	Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1203  *	user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1204  *	initiated the connection through the connect request.
1205  *
1206  * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1207  *	ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1208  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1209  *	address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1210  *
1211  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1212  *	the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1213  *
1214  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1215  *	with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1216  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1217  *	randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1218  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1219  *	If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1220  *	A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1221  *	the netlink extended ack message.
1222  *
1223  *	To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1224  *
1225  *	Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1226  *	measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1227  *	become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1228  *	buffer size.
1229  *
1230  *	Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1231  *	multiple concurrent measurements.
1232  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1233  *	result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1234  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1235  *	the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1236  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1237  *
1238  * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1239  *	detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1240  *	indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1241  *	determining the width and type.
1242  *
1243  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1244  *	offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1245  *	OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1246  *	on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1247  *
1248  * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1249  *	refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1250  *	frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1251  *	primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1252  *	the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1253  *	form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1254  *	properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1255  *	regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1256  *	so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1257  *	rate selection.
1258  *
1259  *	Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1260  *	peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1261  *	content. The frame is ethernet data.
1262  *
1263  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1264  *	is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1265  *
1266  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1267  *	frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1268  *	dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1269  *	protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1270  *
1271  * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1272  *	port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1273  *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1274  *	includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1275  *	if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1276  *
1277  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1278  *	passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1279  *	specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1280  *
1281  * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1282  *	mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1283  *
1284  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1285  *	userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1286  *
1287  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1288  *	started
1289  *
1290  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1291  *	been aborted
1292  *
1293  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1294  *	has completed
1295  *
1296  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
1297  *	&NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
1298  *	&NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
1299  *	&NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
1300  *		(STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
1301  *
1302  * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
1303  *      temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1304  *      to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
1305  *      specify the timeout value.
1306  *
1307  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The
1308  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link.
1309  * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come
1310  *	without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links
1311  *	in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP.
1312  *
1313  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station
1314  * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station
1315  * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station
1316  *
1317  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing
1318  *	measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1319  *	is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the
1320  *	specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for
1321  *	all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC
1322  *	address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable
1323  *	HW timestamping.
1324  *	The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently
1325  *	is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS.
1326  *
1327  * @NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED: Notify userspace about the removal of STA MLD
1328  *	setup links due to AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with
1329  *	Multi-Link reconfiguration. %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS is used to provide
1330  *	information about the removed STA MLD setup links.
1331  *
1332  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING: Set the TID to Link Mapping for a
1333  *      non-AP MLD station. The %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK and
1334  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK attributes are used to specify the
1335  *      TID to Link mapping for downlink/uplink traffic.
1336  *
1337  * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_MLO_RECONF: For a non-AP MLD station, request to
1338  *      add/remove links to/from the association. To indicate link
1339  *      reconfiguration request results from the driver, this command is also
1340  *      used as an event to notify userspace about the added links information.
1341  *      For notifying the removed links information, the existing
1342  *      %NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED command is used. This command is also used to
1343  *      notify userspace about newly added links for the current connection in
1344  *      case of AP-initiated link recommendation requests, received via
1345  *      a BTM (BSS Transition Management) request or a link reconfig notify
1346  *      frame, where the driver handles the link recommendation offload.
1347  *
1348  * @NL80211_CMD_EPCS_CFG: EPCS configuration for a station. Used by userland to
1349  *	control EPCS configuration. Used to notify userland on the current state
1350  *	of EPCS.
1351  *
1352  * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION: This command is used to notify
1353  *	user space about the next NAN Discovery Window (DW). User space may use
1354  *	it to prepare frames to be sent in the next DW.
1355  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to indicate the frequency of the next
1356  *	DW. SDF transmission should be requested with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME and
1357  *	the device/driver shall take care of the actual transmission timing.
1358  *	This notification is only sent to the NAN interface owning socket
1359  *	(see %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER flag).
1360  * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED: This command is used to notify
1361  *	user space that the NAN new cluster has been joined. The cluster ID is
1362  *	indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1363  *
1364  * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1365  * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1366  */
1367 enum nl80211_commands {
1368 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1369 	NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1370 
1371 	NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,		/* can dump */
1372 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1373 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1374 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1375 
1376 	NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,	/* can dump */
1377 	NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1378 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1379 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1380 
1381 	NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1382 	NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1383 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1384 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1385 
1386 	NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1387 	NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1388 	NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1389 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1390 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1391 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1392 
1393 	NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1394 	NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1395 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1396 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1397 
1398 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1399 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1400 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1401 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1402 
1403 	NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1404 
1405 	NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1406 	NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1407 
1408 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1409 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1410 
1411 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1412 
1413 	NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1414 
1415 	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1416 	NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1417 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1418 	NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1419 
1420 	NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1421 
1422 	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1423 	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1424 	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1425 	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1426 
1427 	NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1428 
1429 	NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1430 
1431 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1432 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1433 
1434 	NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1435 
1436 	NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1437 	NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1438 	NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1439 
1440 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1441 
1442 	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1443 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1444 
1445 	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1446 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1447 	NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1448 
1449 	NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1450 	NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1451 
1452 	NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1453 
1454 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1455 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1456 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1457 	NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1458 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1459 	NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1460 
1461 	NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1462 	NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1463 
1464 	NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1465 	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1466 
1467 	NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1468 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1469 
1470 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1471 
1472 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1473 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1474 
1475 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1476 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1477 
1478 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1479 
1480 	NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1481 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1482 
1483 	NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1484 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1485 	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1486 	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1487 
1488 	NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1489 
1490 	NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1491 
1492 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1493 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1494 
1495 	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1496 
1497 	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1498 
1499 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1500 
1501 	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1502 
1503 	NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1504 
1505 	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1506 
1507 	NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1508 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1509 
1510 	NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1511 
1512 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1513 
1514 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1515 
1516 	NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1517 
1518 	NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1519 
1520 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1521 	NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1522 
1523 	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1524 	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1525 
1526 	NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1527 	NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1528 
1529 	NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1530 
1531 	NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1532 
1533 	NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1534 
1535 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1536 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1537 
1538 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1539 
1540 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1541 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1542 
1543 	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1544 
1545 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1546 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1547 
1548 	NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1549 
1550 	NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1551 
1552 	NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1553 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1554 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1555 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1556 	NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1557 	NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1558 
1559 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1560 
1561 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1562 
1563 	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1564 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1565 
1566 	NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1567 
1568 	NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1569 
1570 	NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1571 
1572 	NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1573 
1574 	NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1575 
1576 	NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1577 
1578 	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1579 	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1580 	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1581 
1582 	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1583 
1584 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1585 
1586 	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1587 
1588 	NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1589 
1590 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1591 
1592 	NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1593 
1594 	NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1595 
1596 	NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
1597 
1598 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
1599 
1600 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
1601 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
1602 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
1603 
1604 	NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,
1605 
1606 	NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK,
1607 
1608 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK,
1609 	NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK,
1610 
1611 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA,
1612 	NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA,
1613 	NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA,
1614 
1615 	NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP,
1616 
1617 	NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED,
1618 
1619 	NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING,
1620 
1621 	NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_MLO_RECONF,
1622 	NL80211_CMD_EPCS_CFG,
1623 
1624 	NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION,
1625 	NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED,
1626 
1627 	/* add new commands above here */
1628 
1629 	/* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1630 	__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1631 	NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1632 };
1633 
1634 /*
1635  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1636  * here
1637  */
1638 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1639 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1640 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1641 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1642 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1643 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1644 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1645 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1646 
1647 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1648 
1649 /* source-level API compatibility */
1650 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1651 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1652 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1653 
1654 /**
1655  * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1656  *
1657  * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1658  *
1659  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1660  *	/sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1661  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1662  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1663  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1664  *	defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1665  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1666  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1667  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1668  * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1669  *	of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1670  *	documentation of the enum for more information.
1671  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1672  *	channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1673  *	operating channel center frequency.
1674  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1675  *	channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1676  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1677  *	if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1678  *	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1679  *		this attribute)
1680  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1681  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1682  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1683  *	This attribute is now deprecated.
1684  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1685  *	less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1686  *	dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1687  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1688  *	greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1689  *	dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1690  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1691  *	length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1692  *	fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1693  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1694  *	larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1695  *	0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1696  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1697  *	section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1698  *
1699  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1700  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1701  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1702  *
1703  * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1704  *	that don't have a netdev (u64)
1705  *
1706  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1707  *
1708  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1709  *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1710  *	keys
1711  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1712  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1713  *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1714  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1715  *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1716  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1717  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1718  *	default management key
1719  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1720  *	other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1721  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1722  *	other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1723  *
1724  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1725  * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1726  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1727  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1728  *
1729  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1730  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1731  *	&enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1732  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1733  *	IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1734  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1735  *	rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1736  *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1737  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1738  *	to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1739  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1740  *	given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1741  *	info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1742  *
1743  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1744  *	consisting of a nested array.
1745  *
1746  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1747  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1748  *	(see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1749  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1750  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1751  *	info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1752  *	&enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1753  *
1754  * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1755  *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1756  *
1757  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1758  *	current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1759  *	For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1760  *	to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1761  *	also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1762  *	regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1763  *	IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1764  *	Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1765  *	to a specific alpha2.
1766  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1767  *	rules.
1768  *
1769  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1770  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1771  *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1772  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1773  *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1774  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1775  *	rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1776  *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1777  *
1778  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1779  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1780  *
1781  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1782  *	supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1783  *	of the interface mode.
1784  *
1785  * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1786  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1787  *
1788  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1789  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1790  *
1791  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1792  *	a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1793  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1794  *	scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1795  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1796  *	that can be added to a scan request
1797  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1798  *	elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1799  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1800  *	used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1801  *
1802  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1803  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1804  *	scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1805  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1806  *
1807  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1808  *	currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1809  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1810  *	set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1811  *
1812  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1813  *	an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1814  *	that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1815  *
1816  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1817  *	and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1818  *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1819  * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1820  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1821  *	represented as a u32
1822  * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1823  *	%NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1824  *
1825  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1826  *	a u32
1827  *
1828  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1829  *	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1830  *	the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1831  *	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1832  *	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1833  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1834  *	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1835  *	the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1836  *	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1837  *	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1838  *
1839  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1840  *	cipher suites
1841  *
1842  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1843  *	for other networks on different channels
1844  *
1845  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1846  *	is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1847  *
1848  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1849  *	used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1850  *	this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1851  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1852  *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1853  *	must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1854  *	Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1855  *	let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1856  *
1857  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1858  *	&struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1859  *
1860  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1861  *	IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1862  *	station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1863  *	request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1864  *	authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1865  *	default in station mode.
1866  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1867  *	ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1868  *	specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1869  *	specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1870  *	attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1871  *	indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1872  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1873  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1874  *	ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1875  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1876  *	port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1877  *	will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1878  *	socket.  If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1879  *	control port frames directly to the network interface is used.  If the
1880  *	flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1881  *	using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.  If control port routing over NL80211 is
1882  *	to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1883  *	flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1884  *	frames are not forwarded over the control port.
1885  *
1886  * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1887  *	We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1888  *
1889  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1890  *	event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1891  *	a local disconnect request.
1892  * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1893  *	event (u16)
1894  * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1895  *	that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1896  *	indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1897  *
1898  * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1899  *	indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1900  *	(a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1901  * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1902  *	indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1903  *	This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1904  *	indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1905  *	implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1906  *	the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1907  *	If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1908  *	assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1909  *
1910  * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1911  *	sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1912  * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1913  *	sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1914  *
1915  * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1916  *	commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1917  *	Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1918  *	Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1919  *	used for the initial association to an ESS.
1920  *
1921  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1922  *	%NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1923  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1924  *	and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1925  *	with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1926  *
1927  * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1928  * @NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD: File descriptor of a network namespace.
1929  *
1930  * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1931  *	dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1932  *	dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1933  *	obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1934  *	all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1935  *	changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1936  *	completely from scratch.
1937  *
1938  * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1939  *
1940  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1941  *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1942  *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1943  *
1944  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1945  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1946  *	cache, a wiphy attribute.
1947  *
1948  * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1949  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1950  *	specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1951  *	remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1952  *
1953  * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1954  *
1955  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1956  *	(enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1957  *	enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1958  *	data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1959  *	rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1960  *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1961  *	and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1962  *	specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1963  *	The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1964  *	features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1965  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1966  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
1967  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE and
1968  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT.
1969  *
1970  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1971  *	at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1972  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1973  *	@NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1974  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1975  *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1976  *	information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1977  *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1978  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1979  *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1980  *	information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1981  *
1982  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1983  *	acknowledged by the recipient.
1984  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL: Station's ack signal strength (s32)
1985  *
1986  * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1987  *
1988  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1989  *	nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1990  *
1991  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1992  *	is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1993  *	invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1994  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1995  *	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1996  *
1997  * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1998  *	connected to this BSS.
1999  *
2000  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
2001  *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
2002  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
2003  *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
2004  *      for non-automatic settings.
2005  *
2006  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
2007  *	means support for per-station GTKs.
2008  *
2009  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
2010  *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
2011  *	not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
2012  *	bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
2013  *
2014  *	Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
2015  *	bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
2016  *	drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
2017  *	a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
2018  *	a chain has diversity antennas whether diversity should be used or not.
2019  *	HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
2020  *	derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
2021  *	Non-802.11n drivers can derive whether to use diversity or not.
2022  *	Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
2023  *	support by returning -EINVAL.
2024  *
2025  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
2026  *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
2027  *	not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
2028  *	the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
2029  *	For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
2030  *
2031  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
2032  *	for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
2033  *
2034  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
2035  *	for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
2036  *
2037  * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
2038  *
2039  * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
2040  *	transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
2041  *	the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
2042  *	flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
2043  *	nl80211 capability flag.
2044  *
2045  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
2046  *
2047  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
2048  *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
2049  *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
2050  *
2051  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
2052  *	changed once the mesh is active.
2053  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
2054  *	containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
2055  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
2056  *	allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
2057  *	the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
2058  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
2059  *	&enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
2060  *	management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
2061  *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
2062  *
2063  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
2064  *	capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
2065  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
2066  *	indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
2067  *	used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
2068  *	triggers.
2069  *
2070  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
2071  *	cycles, in msecs.
2072  *
2073  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
2074  *	sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
2075  *	that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
2076  *	pass-thru filter rules.
2077  *	For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
2078  *	set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
2079  *	attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
2080  *	fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
2081  *	able to ignore them by itself.
2082  *	Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
2083  *	this is only an optimization and the userspace application
2084  *	needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
2085  *	If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
2086  *	the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
2087  *	is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
2088  *	will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
2089  *	If omitted, no filtering is done.
2090  *
2091  * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
2092  *	interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
2093  *	defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2094  *	If the wiphy uses multiple radios (@NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS is set),
2095  *	this attribute contains the interface combinations of the first radio.
2096  *	See @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS for the global wiphy
2097  *	combinations for the sum of all radios.
2098  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
2099  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
2100  *	are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
2101  *	any restrictions in their number or combinations.
2102  *
2103  * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
2104  *	necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
2105  *
2106  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
2107  *	nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
2108  *	being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
2109  *	without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
2110  *
2111  * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
2112  *	and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
2113  *	&enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
2114  *
2115  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
2116  *	This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
2117  *	provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
2118  *	driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
2119  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
2120  *	Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
2121  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
2122  *	(Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
2123  *	(Re)Association Request frames.
2124  *
2125  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
2126  *	of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
2127  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
2128  *	as AP.
2129  *
2130  * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
2131  *	roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
2132  *
2133  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
2134  *	candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
2135  *
2136  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
2137  *	for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
2138  *	frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
2139  *	applications use this attribute.
2140  *	This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
2141  *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
2142  *
2143  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
2144  *	request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
2145  *	described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
2146  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
2147  *	TDLS conversation between two devices.
2148  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
2149  *	&enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
2150  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
2151  *	as a TDLS peer sta.
2152  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
2153  *	procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
2154  *	%NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2155  *	used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
2156  *
2157  * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
2158  *	that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
2159  *	with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
2160  *	&enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2161  *
2162  * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
2163  *	the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
2164  *	it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
2165  *	mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
2166  *
2167  * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
2168  *	&enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
2169  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
2170  *	requests while operating in AP-mode.
2171  *	This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
2172  *	offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
2173  *
2174  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
2175  *	probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
2176  *	to be filled by the FW.
2177  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
2178  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2179  *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2180  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
2181  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2182  *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2183  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
2184  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2185  *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2186  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT: Force EHT capable interfaces to disable
2187  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2188  *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2189  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2190  *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2191  *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2192  *      The values that may be configured are:
2193  *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2194  *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2195  *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2196  *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
2197  *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2198  * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2199  *      ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2200  *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2201  *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2202  *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
2203  *      the station debugfs vht_caps file.
2204  *
2205  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2206  *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2207  *    to one DFS region.
2208  *
2209  * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2210  *      up to 16 TIDs.
2211  *
2212  * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2213  *	used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2214  *	to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2215  *	the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2216  *	capability to timeout the stations.
2217  *
2218  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2219  *	this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2220  *	received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2221  *
2222  * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2223  *      or 0 to disable background scan.
2224  *
2225  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2226  *	userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2227  *	a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2228  *	was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2229  *	allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2230  *
2231  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2232  *	the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2233  *	enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2234  *
2235  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2236  *	This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2237  *	excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2238  *	Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2239  *	authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2240  *	the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2241  *	initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2242  *	Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2243  *	for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2244  *	consistent.
2245  *
2246  * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2247  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2248  *
2249  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2250  *
2251  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2252  *	the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2253  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2254  *	START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2255  *	if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2256  *	no change is made.
2257  *
2258  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2259  *	defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2260  *
2261  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2262  *	carried in a u32 attribute
2263  *
2264  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2265  *	MAC ACL.
2266  *
2267  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2268  *	number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2269  *	ACL.
2270  *
2271  * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2272  *	contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2273  *
2274  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2275  *	has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2276  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2277  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2278  *	has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2279  *
2280  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2281  *	the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2282  *
2283  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2284  *	advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2285  *	and PU-APSD.
2286  *
2287  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2288  *	&enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2289  *
2290  * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2291  *	receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2292  *	messages, given with wiphy dump message
2293  *
2294  * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2295  *
2296  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2297  *	Element
2298  *
2299  * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2300  *	reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2301  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2302  *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2303  *
2304  * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2305  *	This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2306  *	allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2307  *	update a TDLS peer STA entry. For S1G interfaces, this is limited to
2308  *	1600 for the current mac80211 implementation.
2309  *
2310  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2311  *
2312  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2313  *	until the channel switch event.
2314  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2315  *	must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2316  *	operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2317  *	was requested by the AP.
2318  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2319  *	for the time while performing a channel switch.
2320  * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2321  *	switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2322  * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2323  *	switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2324  *
2325  * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2326  *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2327  *
2328  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2329  *
2330  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2331  *      operating classes.
2332  *
2333  * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2334  *	controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2335  *	%NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2336  *	channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2337  *	to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2338  *	IBSS network.
2339  *
2340  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2341  *	5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2342  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2343  *	10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2344  *
2345  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2346  *	Notification Element based on association request when used with
2347  *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2348  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2349  *	u8 attribute.
2350  *
2351  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2352  *	%NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2353  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2354  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2355  *	attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2356  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2357  *	info, containing a nested array of possible events
2358  *
2359  * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2360  *	data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2361  *	in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2362  *
2363  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2364  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2365  *
2366  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2367  *	associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2368  *	Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2369  *	other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2370  *	advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2371  *	to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2372  *
2373  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2374  *	should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2375  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2376  *	supported number of csa counters.
2377  *
2378  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2379  *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2380  *
2381  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2382  *	creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2383  *	that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2384  *	If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2385  *	owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2386  *	be stopped when the socket is closed.
2387  *	If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2388  *	regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2389  *	that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2390  *	cleared when the socket is closed.
2391  *	If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2392  *	if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2393  *	notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2394  *	attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2395  *	multicast group.
2396  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2397  *	station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2398  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2399  *	torn down when the socket is closed.
2400  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2401  *	automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2402  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2403  *	disabled when the socket is closed.
2404  *
2405  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2406  *	the TDLS link initiator.
2407  *
2408  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2409  *	shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2410  *	used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2411  *	User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2412  *	underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2413  *		%NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2414  *		%NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2415  *	Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2416  *		%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2417  *	If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2418  *	association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2419  *	flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2420  *
2421  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2422  *	estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2423  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2424  *	drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2425  *	setting valid value for coverage class.
2426  *
2427  * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2428  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2429  * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2430  *	(per second) (u16 attribute)
2431  *
2432  * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2433  *	&enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2434  *
2435  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2436  *
2437  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2438  *
2439  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2440  *	is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2441  *	obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2442  *	cfg80211 regdomain.
2443  *
2444  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2445  *	array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2446  *	nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2447  *	least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2448  *	is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2449  *	of byte 3 (u8 array).
2450  *
2451  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2452  *	returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2453  *	may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2454  *	statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2455  *	For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2456  *	should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2457  *	over all channels.
2458  *
2459  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2460  *	scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2461  *	net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2462  *	system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
2463  *
2464  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2465  *      is operating in an indoor environment.
2466  *
2467  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2468  *	scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2469  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2470  *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2471  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2472  *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2473  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2474  *	Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2475  *	between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2476  *	thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2477  *	between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2478  *	Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2479  * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2480  *	in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2481  *	connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2482  *	a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2483  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2484  *	BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2485  *	attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2486  *	BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2487  *	it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2488  *	BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2489  *
2490  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2491  *	or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2492  *
2493  * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2494  *
2495  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2496  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2497  *	%NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and
2498  *	other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO,
2499  *	%NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are
2500  *	present.
2501  *
2502  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2503  *	groupID for monitor mode.
2504  *	The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2505  *	group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2506  *	each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2507  *	that group and 0 for not being a member.
2508  *	The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2509  *	each group.
2510  *	(smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2511  *	group numbers on least significant bits.)
2512  *	This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2513  *	Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2514  *	groupID data.
2515  *	to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2516  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2517  *	when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2518  *	to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2519  *	(e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2520  *
2521  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2522  *	started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2523  *	requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2524  *	attribute must not be included).
2525  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2526  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2527  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2528  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2529  *	maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2530  *	measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2531  *	if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2532  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2533  *	that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2534  *	mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2535  *	and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2536  *
2537  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2538  *	used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2539  *
2540  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2541  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2542  *	%NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2543  *	Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2544  *	should not be used during a normal device operation.
2545  * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration.  This is a u32
2546  *	bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2547  *	nl80211_band.  For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2548  *	would be set.  This attribute is used with
2549  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2550  *	it is optional.  If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2551  *	the device will decide what to use.
2552  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2553  *	&enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2554  *	attribute.
2555  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2556  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2557  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2558  *	protection.
2559  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2560  *	Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2561  *	STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2562  *
2563  * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2564  *	packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2565  *
2566  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2567  *	used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2568  *
2569  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2570  *	other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2571  *	connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2572  *	This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2573  *	other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2574  *	the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2575  *	unnecessary wakeups.
2576  *
2577  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2578  *	the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2579  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2580  *	better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2581  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2582  *
2583  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2584  *	u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2585  *	e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2586  *
2587  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2588  *	username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2589  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2590  *
2591  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2592  *	of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2593  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2594  *
2595  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2596  *	to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2597  *	for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2598  *
2599  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2600  *	NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2601  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2602  *	from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2603  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2604  *
2605  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertised by a FILS AP
2606  *	identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2607  *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2608  *
2609  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2610  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2611  *	For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2612  *	PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2613  *	authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2614  *	support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2615  *	is included as well.
2616  *
2617  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2618  *	indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2619  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2620  *	scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2621  *
2622  * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2623  *	in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2624  *	wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2625  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2626  * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2627  *
2628  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2629  *     authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2630  *     &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2631  *     %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2632  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2633  *	space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2634  *	with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2635  *	may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2636  *	is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
2637  *	attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
2638  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
2639  *
2640  * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated  RX_NSS value notified using this
2641  *	u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2642  *
2643  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2644  *      nl80211_txq_stats)
2645  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2646  *      The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2647  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2648  *      TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2649  *      enforced.
2650  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2651  *      a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2652  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2653  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2654  *	only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2655  *
2656  * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2657  *	in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2658  *	measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2659  *	possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2660  *
2661  * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2662  *	statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2663  *
2664  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2665  *	if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2666  *	invalid value.
2667  *
2668  * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2669  *	data, uses nested attributes specified in
2670  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2671  *	This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2672  *	with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2673  *
2674  * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2675  *	scheduler.
2676  *
2677  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2678  *	station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2679  *	possible values.
2680  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2681  *	allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2682  *	the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2683  *	should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2684  *	or per-station.
2685  *
2686  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2687  *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2688  *	SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2689  *
2690  * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2691  *
2692  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2693  *	functionality.
2694  *
2695  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2696  *	channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2697  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2698  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2699  *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2700  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2701  *
2702  * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2703  *	(u16).
2704  *
2705  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2706  *
2707  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2708  *	using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2709  *	attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2710  *	supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2711  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2712  *	advertised for a specific interface type.
2713  *
2714  * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2715  *	nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2716  *	on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2717  *	attributes.
2718  *
2719  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2720  *	port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2721  *
2722  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2723  *	dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2724  *	An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2725  *	Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2726  *	configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2727  *	authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2728  *	where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2729  *	authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2730  *	authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2731  *	result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2732  *
2733  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2734  *	terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2735  *	(u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2736  *	parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2737  *	driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2738  *	after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2739  *	has expired.
2740  *
2741  *	Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2742  *	entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2743  *	no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2744  *	disassociation is still forced.
2745  * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2746  *	%NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2747  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2748  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2749  *	an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2750  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2751  *	first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2752  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2753  *
2754  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2755  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2756  *
2757  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2758  *	discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2759  *	&enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
2760  *	nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
2761  *
2762  * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2763  *	unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2764  *	&enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
2765  *	nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
2766  *
2767  * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2768  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2769  * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2770  *	override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2771  *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2772  *
2773  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2774  *	derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2775  *	This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2776  *	&enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2777  *
2778  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2779  *	used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2780  *	of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2781  *	sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2782  *
2783  * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2784  *	disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2785  *	is desired.
2786  *
2787  * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2788  *	%NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2789  *
2790  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2791  *	until the color switch event.
2792  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2793  *	switching to
2794  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2795  *	information for the time while performing a color switch.
2796  *
2797  * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
2798  *	advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
2799  *	Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
2800  *	and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
2801  *	Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
2802  *	parameters.
2803  *	See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
2804  *
2805  * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
2806  *	Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
2807  *	Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
2808  *
2809  * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
2810  *	available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
2811  *	to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
2812  *	Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
2813  *	switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
2814  *	radar channel.
2815  *
2816  * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
2817  *	enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
2818  *	used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
2819  *
2820  * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
2821  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2822  *	only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2823  *
2824  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with
2825  *	various commands that need a link ID to operate.
2826  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some
2827  *	per-link information and a link ID.
2828  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as
2829  *	authenticate/associate.
2830  *
2831  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO
2832  *	connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not
2833  *	included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection.
2834  *
2835  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of
2836  *	AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
2837  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this
2838  *	attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM
2839  *	suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum
2840  *	number prior to the introduction of this attribute.
2841  *
2842  * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16)
2843  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16)
2844  *
2845  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in
2846  *	nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2847  *	probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2848  *	When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX
2849  *	timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2850  *	the ack TX timestamp.
2851  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in
2852  *	nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2853  *	probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2854  *	When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX
2855  *	timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2856  *	the incoming frame RX timestamp.
2857  * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent
2858  *	(re)associations.
2859  *
2860  * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest
2861  *	bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1
2862  *	indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are
2863  *	reserved.
2864  *
2865  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW
2866  *	timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute.
2867  *	A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying
2868  *	an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported.
2869  * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should
2870  *	be enabled or not (flag attribute).
2871  *
2872  * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for
2873  *	reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used
2874  *	only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled.
2875  *	Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple
2876  *	elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting
2877  *	profiles already included in the MBSSID element
2878  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon
2879  *	will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same
2880  *	index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of
2881  *	MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon.
2882  *
2883  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED: Flag attribute indicating that the link is
2884  *	disabled.
2885  *
2886  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA: Include BSS usage data, i.e.
2887  *	include BSSes that can only be used in restricted scenarios and/or
2888  *	cannot be used at all.
2889  *
2890  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK: Binary attribute specifying the downlink TID to
2891  *      link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link
2892  *      mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element)
2893  *      in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
2894  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK: Binary attribute specifying the uplink TID to
2895  *      link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link
2896  *      mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element)
2897  *      in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
2898  *
2899  * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU: flag attribute used with
2900  *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE indicating the SPP A-MSDUs
2901  *	are used on this connection
2902  *
2903  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS: Nested attribute describing physical radios
2904  *	belonging to this wiphy. See &enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs.
2905  *
2906  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the
2907  *	supported interface combinations for all radios combined. In each
2908  *	nested item, it contains attributes defined in
2909  *	&enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2910  *
2911  * @NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK: Bitmask of allowed radios (u32).
2912  *	A value of 0 means all radios.
2913  *
2914  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_SELECTORS: supported BSS Membership Selectors, array
2915  *	of supported selectors as defined by IEEE Std 802.11-2020 9.4.2.3 but
2916  *	without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_SELECTORS).
2917  *	This can be used to provide a list of selectors that are implemented
2918  *	by the supplicant. If not given, support for SAE_H2E is assumed.
2919  *
2920  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_RECONF_REM_LINKS: (u16) A bitmask of the links requested
2921  *      to be removed from the MLO association.
2922  *
2923  * @NL80211_ATTR_EPCS: Flag attribute indicating that EPCS is enabled for a
2924  *	station interface.
2925  *
2926  * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_MLD_EXT_CAPA_OPS: Extended MLD capabilities and
2927  *	operations that userspace implements to use during association/ML
2928  *	link reconfig, currently only "BTM MLD Recommendation For Multiple
2929  *	APs Support". Drivers may set additional flags that they support
2930  *	in the kernel or device.
2931  *
2932  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIO_INDEX: (int) Integer attribute denoting the index
2933  *	of the radio in interest. Internally a value of -1 is used to
2934  *	indicate that the radio id is not given in user-space. This means
2935  *	that all the attributes are applicable to all the radios. If there is
2936  *	a radio index provided in user-space, the attributes will be
2937  *	applicable to that specific radio only. If the radio id is greater
2938  *	thank the number of radios, error denoting invalid value is returned.
2939  *
2940  * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD: (u8) Integer attribute that represents
2941  *	the number of beacon intervals between each long beacon transmission
2942  *	for an S1G BSS with short beaconing enabled. This is a required
2943  *	attribute for initialising an S1G short beaconing BSS. When updating
2944  *	the short beacon data, this is not required. It has a minimum value of
2945  *	2 (i.e 2 beacon intervals).
2946  *
2947  * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_SHORT_BEACON: Nested attribute containing the short beacon
2948  *	head and tail used to set or update the short beacon templates. When
2949  *	bringing up a new interface, %NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD is
2950  *	required alongside this attribute. Refer to
2951  *	@enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs for the attribute definitions.
2952  *
2953  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_PARAM: nested attribute used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY
2954  *	which indicates which BSS parameters can be modified. The attribute can
2955  *	also be used as flag attribute by user-space in %NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS to
2956  *	indicate that it wants strict checking on the BSS parameters to be
2957  *	modified.
2958  *
2959  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG: Nested attribute for
2960  *	extended NAN cluster configuration. This is used with
2961  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG.
2962  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes for details.
2963  *	This attribute is optional.
2964  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NEW_CLUSTER: Flag attribute indicating that a new
2965  *	NAN cluster has been created. This is used with
2966  *	%NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED
2967  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CAPABILITIES: Nested attribute for NAN capabilities.
2968  *	This is used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY to indicate the NAN
2969  *	capabilities supported by the driver. See &enum nl80211_nan_capabilities
2970  *	for details.
2971  *
2972  * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_PRIMARY_2MHZ: flag attribute indicating that the S1G
2973  *	primary channel is 2 MHz wide, and the control channel designates
2974  *	the 1 MHz primary subchannel within that 2 MHz primary.
2975  *
2976  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2977  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2978  * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2979  */
2980 enum nl80211_attrs {
2981 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2982 	NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2983 
2984 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2985 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2986 
2987 	NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2988 	NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2989 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2990 
2991 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2992 
2993 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2994 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2995 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2996 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2997 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2998 
2999 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3000 	NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
3001 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
3002 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
3003 
3004 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
3005 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
3006 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
3007 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
3008 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
3009 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
3010 
3011 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
3012 
3013 	NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
3014 
3015 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
3016 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
3017 	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
3018 	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
3019 
3020 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
3021 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3022 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3023 
3024 	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
3025 
3026 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
3027 
3028 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
3029 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
3030 
3031 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
3032 
3033 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
3034 
3035 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
3036 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
3037 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
3038 
3039 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
3040 
3041 	NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
3042 	NL80211_ATTR_IE,
3043 
3044 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
3045 
3046 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
3047 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
3048 	NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
3049 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
3050 
3051 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
3052 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
3053 
3054 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
3055 
3056 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
3057 	NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
3058 	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
3059 	NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
3060 
3061 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
3062 
3063 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
3064 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
3065 
3066 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
3067 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
3068 
3069 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
3070 
3071 
3072 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
3073 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
3074 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
3075 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
3076 
3077 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
3078 
3079 	NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
3080 
3081 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
3082 
3083 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
3084 
3085 	NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
3086 
3087 	NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
3088 
3089 	NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
3090 	NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
3091 
3092 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
3093 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
3094 	NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
3095 	NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
3096 
3097 	NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
3098 	NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
3099 
3100 	NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
3101 
3102 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
3103 	NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
3104 
3105 	NL80211_ATTR_PID,
3106 
3107 	NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
3108 
3109 	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
3110 
3111 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
3112 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
3113 
3114 	NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
3115 
3116 	NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
3117 
3118 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
3119 
3120 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
3121 
3122 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
3123 
3124 	NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
3125 
3126 	NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
3127 
3128 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
3129 
3130 	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
3131 
3132 	NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
3133 
3134 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3135 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
3136 
3137 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
3138 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
3139 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
3140 
3141 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
3142 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
3143 
3144 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
3145 
3146 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
3147 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
3148 
3149 	NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
3150 
3151 	NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
3152 
3153 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
3154 
3155 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
3156 
3157 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
3158 
3159 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
3160 
3161 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
3162 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
3163 
3164 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
3165 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
3166 
3167 	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
3168 	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
3169 
3170 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
3171 
3172 	NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
3173 	NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
3174 
3175 	NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
3176 
3177 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
3178 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
3179 
3180 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
3181 
3182 	NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
3183 
3184 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
3185 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
3186 
3187 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
3188 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
3189 
3190 	NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
3191 
3192 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
3193 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
3194 
3195 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
3196 
3197 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
3198 
3199 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
3200 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
3201 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
3202 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
3203 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
3204 
3205 	NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
3206 
3207 	NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
3208 
3209 	NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
3210 
3211 	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
3212 
3213 	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
3214 
3215 	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
3216 
3217 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
3218 	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3219 
3220 	NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
3221 
3222 	NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
3223 
3224 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
3225 
3226 	NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
3227 
3228 	NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
3229 
3230 	NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
3231 
3232 	NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
3233 
3234 	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
3235 
3236 	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
3237 
3238 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
3239 
3240 	NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
3241 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
3242 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
3243 
3244 	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
3245 	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
3246 
3247 	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
3248 
3249 	NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
3250 
3251 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
3252 
3253 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
3254 
3255 	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
3256 
3257 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
3258 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
3259 
3260 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
3261 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
3262 
3263 	NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
3264 	NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
3265 
3266 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
3267 	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3268 
3269 	NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
3270 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
3271 
3272 	NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
3273 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
3274 
3275 	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
3276 
3277 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
3278 
3279 	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
3280 	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
3281 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
3282 	NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
3283 	NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
3284 
3285 	NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
3286 
3287 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
3288 
3289 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
3290 
3291 	NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
3292 
3293 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
3294 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
3295 
3296 	NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
3297 
3298 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
3299 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
3300 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
3301 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
3302 
3303 	NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
3304 
3305 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
3306 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
3307 
3308 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
3309 
3310 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
3311 
3312 	NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
3313 
3314 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
3315 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
3316 
3317 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
3318 
3319 	NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
3320 
3321 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
3322 
3323 	NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
3324 	NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
3325 	NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
3326 
3327 	NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
3328 
3329 	NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
3330 
3331 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
3332 
3333 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
3334 
3335 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
3336 
3337 	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
3338 
3339 	NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
3340 
3341 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
3342 
3343 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
3344 
3345 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3346 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
3347 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
3348 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3349 
3350 	NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
3351 
3352 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
3353 
3354 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
3355 
3356 	NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
3357 
3358 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
3359 
3360 	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
3361 	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
3362 
3363 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
3364 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
3365 	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
3366 	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
3367 
3368 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
3369 
3370 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
3371 	NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
3372 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
3373 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
3374 
3375 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
3376 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
3377 
3378 	NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
3379 
3380 	NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
3381 
3382 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3383 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
3384 
3385 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
3386 
3387 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
3388 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
3389 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
3390 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
3391 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
3392 
3393 	NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
3394 
3395 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
3396 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
3397 
3398 	NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
3399 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
3400 	NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
3401 
3402 	NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
3403 	NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
3404 
3405 	NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
3406 	NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
3407 
3408 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
3409 
3410 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
3411 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
3412 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
3413 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
3414 
3415 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
3416 
3417 	NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
3418 
3419 	NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
3420 
3421 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
3422 
3423 	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3424 
3425 	NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3426 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3427 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3428 
3429 	NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3430 
3431 	NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3432 
3433 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3434 
3435 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3436 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3437 
3438 	NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3439 
3440 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3441 
3442 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3443 
3444 	NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3445 
3446 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3447 
3448 	NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3449 	NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3450 
3451 	NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3452 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3453 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3454 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3455 
3456 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3457 
3458 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3459 
3460 	NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3461 
3462 	NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3463 	NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3464 
3465 	NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3466 
3467 	NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3468 
3469 	NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3470 
3471 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
3472 
3473 	NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
3474 
3475 	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
3476 	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
3477 	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
3478 
3479 	NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
3480 	NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
3481 
3482 	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
3483 
3484 	NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS,
3485 
3486 	NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY,
3487 
3488 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT,
3489 
3490 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS,
3491 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID,
3492 	NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR,
3493 
3494 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT,
3495 
3496 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES,
3497 
3498 	NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY,
3499 	NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS,
3500 
3501 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3502 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3503 	NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP,
3504 
3505 	NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP,
3506 
3507 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS,
3508 	NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED,
3509 
3510 	NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS,
3511 
3512 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED,
3513 
3514 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA,
3515 
3516 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK,
3517 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK,
3518 
3519 	NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU,
3520 
3521 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS,
3522 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
3523 
3524 	NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK,
3525 
3526 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_SELECTORS,
3527 
3528 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_RECONF_REM_LINKS,
3529 	NL80211_ATTR_EPCS,
3530 
3531 	NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_MLD_EXT_CAPA_OPS,
3532 
3533 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIO_INDEX,
3534 
3535 	NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD,
3536 	NL80211_ATTR_S1G_SHORT_BEACON,
3537 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_PARAM,
3538 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG,
3539 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NEW_CLUSTER,
3540 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CAPABILITIES,
3541 
3542 	NL80211_ATTR_S1G_PRIMARY_2MHZ,
3543 
3544 	/* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3545 
3546 	__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3547 	NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3548 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3549 };
3550 
3551 /* source-level API compatibility */
3552 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3553 #define	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3554 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3555 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3556 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3557 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3558 
3559 /*
3560  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3561  * here
3562  */
3563 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3564 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3565 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3566 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3567 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3568 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3569 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3570 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3571 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3572 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3573 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3574 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3575 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3576 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3577 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3578 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3579 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3580 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3581 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3582 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3583 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3584 
3585 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN		64
3586 
3587 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES			32
3588 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_SELECTORS		128
3589 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES		77
3590 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES		128
3591 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY	0
3592 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY	16
3593 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY	24
3594 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN		26
3595 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN		12
3596 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN           16
3597 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN           54
3598 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES		5
3599 
3600 /*
3601  * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
3602  * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response.
3603  */
3604 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES		2
3605 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN          13
3606 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN          51
3607 
3608 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME	10
3609 
3610 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3611 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF		-300
3612 
3613 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL		1800
3614 
3615 /**
3616  * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3617  *
3618  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3619  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3620  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3621  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3622  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3623  *	are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3624  *	AP type interface.
3625  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3626  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3627  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3628  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3629  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3630  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3631  *	and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3632  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3633  *	commands to create and destroy one
3634  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3635  *	This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3636  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3637  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3638  * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3639  *
3640  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3641  * to set the type of an interface.
3642  *
3643  */
3644 enum nl80211_iftype {
3645 	NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3646 	NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3647 	NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3648 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
3649 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3650 	NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
3651 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3652 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3653 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3654 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3655 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3656 	NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
3657 	NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
3658 
3659 	/* keep last */
3660 	NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3661 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3662 };
3663 
3664 /**
3665  * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3666  *
3667  * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3668  * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3669  *
3670  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3671  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3672  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3673  *	with short barker preamble
3674  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3675  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3676  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3677  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3678  *	only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3679  *	flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3680  *	attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3681  *	as errors.)
3682  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3683  *	that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3684  *	previously added station into associated state
3685  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU: station supports SPP A-MSDUs
3686  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3687  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3688  */
3689 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3690 	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3691 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3692 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3693 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3694 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3695 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3696 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3697 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3698 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU,
3699 
3700 	/* keep last */
3701 	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3702 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3703 };
3704 
3705 /**
3706  * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3707  *
3708  * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3709  * @NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3710  * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3711  */
3712 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3713 	NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3714 	NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3715 
3716 	NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3717 };
3718 
3719 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3720 
3721 /**
3722  * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3723  * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3724  * @set: which values to set them to
3725  *
3726  * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3727  */
3728 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3729 	__u32 mask;
3730 	__u32 set;
3731 } __attribute__((packed));
3732 
3733 /**
3734  * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3735  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3736  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3737  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3738  */
3739 enum nl80211_he_gi {
3740 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3741 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3742 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3743 };
3744 
3745 /**
3746  * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3747  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF: 3.2 usec
3748  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF: 6.4 usec
3749  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF: 12.8 usec
3750  */
3751 enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3752 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3753 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3754 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3755 };
3756 
3757 /**
3758  * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3759  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3760  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3761  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3762  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3763  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3764  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3765  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3766  */
3767 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3768 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3769 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3770 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3771 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3772 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3773 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3774 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3775 };
3776 
3777 /**
3778  * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
3779  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3780  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3781  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3782  */
3783 enum nl80211_eht_gi {
3784 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8,
3785 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6,
3786 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2,
3787 };
3788 
3789 /**
3790  * enum nl80211_eht_ltf - EHT long training field
3791  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_1XLTF: 3.2 usec
3792  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_2XLTF: 6.4 usec
3793  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_4XLTF: 12.8 usec
3794  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_6XLTF: 19.2 usec
3795  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_8XLTF: 25.6 usec
3796  */
3797 enum nl80211_eht_ltf {
3798 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_1XLTF,
3799 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_2XLTF,
3800 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_4XLTF,
3801 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_6XLTF,
3802 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_8XLTF,
3803 };
3804 
3805 /**
3806  * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
3807  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3808  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3809  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
3810  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3811  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
3812  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3813  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3814  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
3815  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3816  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
3817  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
3818  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3819  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
3820  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
3821  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
3822  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
3823  */
3824 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc {
3825 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26,
3826 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52,
3827 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26,
3828 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106,
3829 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26,
3830 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242,
3831 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484,
3832 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242,
3833 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996,
3834 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484,
3835 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242,
3836 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3837 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484,
3838 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996,
3839 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484,
3840 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996,
3841 };
3842 
3843 /**
3844  * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3845  *
3846  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3847  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3848  * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3849  * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3850  * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3851  * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3852  * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3853  * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3854  * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3855  *
3856  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3857  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3858  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3859  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3860  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3861  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3862  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3863  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3864  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3865  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3866  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3867  *	same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3868  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3869  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3870  *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3871  *	half the base (20 MHz) rate
3872  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3873  *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3874  *	a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3875  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3876  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3877  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3878  *	(u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3879  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3880  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3881  *	non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3882  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
3883  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
3884  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3885  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
3886  *	(u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
3887  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
3888  *	non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
3889  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS: S1G MCS index (u8, 0-10)
3890  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS: S1G NSS value (u8, 1-4)
3891  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH: 1 MHz S1G rate
3892  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH: 2 MHz S1G rate
3893  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH: 4 MHz S1G rate
3894  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH: 8 MHz S1G rate
3895  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH: 16 MHz S1G rate
3896  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3897  */
3898 enum nl80211_rate_info {
3899 	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3900 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3901 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3902 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3903 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3904 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3905 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3906 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3907 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3908 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3909 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3910 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3911 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3912 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3913 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3914 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3915 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3916 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3917 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH,
3918 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS,
3919 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS,
3920 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI,
3921 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC,
3922 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS,
3923 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS,
3924 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH,
3925 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH,
3926 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH,
3927 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH,
3928 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH,
3929 
3930 	/* keep last */
3931 	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3932 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3933 };
3934 
3935 /**
3936  * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3937  *
3938  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3939  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3940  *
3941  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3942  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3943  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
3944  *	(flag)
3945  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
3946  *	(flag)
3947  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3948  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3949  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3950  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3951  */
3952 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3953 	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3954 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3955 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3956 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3957 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3958 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3959 
3960 	/* keep last */
3961 	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3962 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3963 };
3964 
3965 /**
3966  * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3967  *
3968  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3969  * when getting information about a station.
3970  *
3971  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3972  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3973  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3974  *	(u32, from this station)
3975  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3976  *	(u32, to this station)
3977  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3978  *	(u64, from this station)
3979  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3980  *	(u64, to this station)
3981  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3982  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3983  *	containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3984  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3985  *	(u32, from this station)
3986  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3987  *	(u32, to this station)
3988  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3989  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3990  *	(u32, to this station)
3991  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3992  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3993  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3994  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3995  *	(see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3996  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3997  *	attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3998  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3999  *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
4000  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
4001  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
4002  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
4003  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
4004  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
4005  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
4006  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
4007  *	non-peer STA
4008  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
4009  *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
4010  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
4011  *	Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
4012  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also
4013  *	the 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
4014  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
4015  *	(u64)
4016  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
4017  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
4018  *	for beacons only (u8, dBm)
4019  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
4020  *	This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
4021  *	TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
4022  *	each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
4023  *	attributes carrying the actual values.
4024  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
4025  *	received from the station (u64, usec)
4026  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4027  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
4028  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
4029  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
4030  *	(u32, from this station)
4031  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
4032  *	with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
4033  *	some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
4034  *	might not be fully accurate.
4035  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
4036  *	mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
4037  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
4038  *	sent to the station (u64, usec)
4039  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
4040  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
4041  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
4042  *	of STA's association
4043  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
4044  *	authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
4045  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
4046  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
4047  */
4048 enum nl80211_sta_info {
4049 	__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
4050 	NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
4051 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
4052 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
4053 	NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
4054 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
4055 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
4056 	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
4057 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
4058 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
4059 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
4060 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
4061 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
4062 	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
4063 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
4064 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
4065 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
4066 	NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
4067 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
4068 	NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
4069 	NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
4070 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
4071 	NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
4072 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
4073 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
4074 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4075 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
4076 	NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
4077 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
4078 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
4079 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
4080 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
4081 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
4082 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
4083 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
4084 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
4085 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
4086 	NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
4087 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4088 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
4089 	NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
4090 	NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
4091 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
4092 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4093 
4094 	/* keep last */
4095 	__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4096 	NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4097 };
4098 
4099 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
4100 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
4101 
4102 
4103 /**
4104  * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
4105  * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4106  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
4107  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
4108  *	attempted to transmit; u64)
4109  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
4110  *	transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
4111  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
4112  *	MSDUs (u64)
4113  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4114  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
4115  * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
4116  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
4117  */
4118 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
4119 	__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
4120 	NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
4121 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
4122 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
4123 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
4124 	NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
4125 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
4126 
4127 	/* keep last */
4128 	NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
4129 	NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
4130 };
4131 
4132 /**
4133  * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
4134  * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4135  * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
4136  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
4137  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
4138  *      backlogged
4139  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
4140  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
4141  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
4142  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
4143  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
4144  *      (only for per-phy stats)
4145  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
4146  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
4147  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
4148  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
4149  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
4150  */
4151 enum nl80211_txq_stats {
4152 	__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
4153 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
4154 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
4155 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
4156 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
4157 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
4158 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
4159 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
4160 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
4161 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
4162 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
4163 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
4164 
4165 	/* keep last */
4166 	NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
4167 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
4168 };
4169 
4170 /**
4171  * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
4172  *
4173  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
4174  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
4175  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
4176  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
4177  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
4178  */
4179 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
4180 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =	1<<0,
4181 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =	1<<1,
4182 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =	1<<2,
4183 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =	1<<3,
4184 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =	1<<4,
4185 };
4186 
4187 /**
4188  * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
4189  *
4190  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
4191  * information about a mesh path.
4192  *
4193  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4194  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
4195  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
4196  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
4197  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
4198  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
4199  *	&enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
4200  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
4201  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
4202  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
4203  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
4204  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
4205  *	currently defined
4206  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4207  */
4208 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
4209 	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
4210 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
4211 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
4212 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
4213 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
4214 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
4215 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4216 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
4217 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
4218 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
4219 
4220 	/* keep last */
4221 	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4222 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4223 };
4224 
4225 /**
4226  * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
4227  *
4228  * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4229  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
4230  *     for each interface type that supports the band data
4231  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
4232  *     capabilities IE
4233  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
4234  *     capabilities IE
4235  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
4236  *     capabilities IE
4237  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
4238  *     defined in HE capabilities IE
4239  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
4240  *	given for all 6 GHz band channels
4241  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
4242  *	advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
4243  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
4244  *	capabilities element
4245  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
4246  *	capabilities element
4247  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
4248  *	capabilities element
4249  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
4250  *	defined in EHT capabilities element
4251  * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4252  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4253  */
4254 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
4255 	__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
4256 
4257 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
4258 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
4259 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
4260 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
4261 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
4262 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
4263 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
4264 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC,
4265 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY,
4266 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET,
4267 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE,
4268 
4269 	/* keep last */
4270 	__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4271 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4272 };
4273 
4274 /**
4275  * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
4276  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4277  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
4278  *	an array of nested frequency attributes
4279  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
4280  *	an array of nested bitrate attributes
4281  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4282  *	defined in 802.11n
4283  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4284  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
4285  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
4286  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4287  *	defined in 802.11ac
4288  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4289  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
4290  *	attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
4291  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
4292  *	channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
4293  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
4294  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
4295  *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
4296  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
4297  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS
4298  *	set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes
4299  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the
4300  *	S1G information IE, 10 bytes
4301  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4302  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4303  */
4304 enum nl80211_band_attr {
4305 	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
4306 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
4307 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
4308 
4309 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
4310 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
4311 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
4312 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
4313 
4314 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
4315 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
4316 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
4317 
4318 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
4319 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
4320 
4321 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET,
4322 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA,
4323 
4324 	/* keep last */
4325 	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4326 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4327 };
4328 
4329 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
4330 
4331 /**
4332  * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
4333  *
4334  * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4335  * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
4336  * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
4337  * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
4338  * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
4339  * @NL80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
4340  * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
4341  */
4342 enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
4343 	__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
4344 	NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
4345 	NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
4346 	NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
4347 	NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
4348 
4349 	/* keep last */
4350 	__NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
4351 	NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
4352 };
4353 
4354 /**
4355  * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
4356  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4357  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
4358  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
4359  *	regulatory domain.
4360  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
4361  *	are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
4362  *	requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
4363  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as _NO_IR
4364  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
4365  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4366  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
4367  *	(100 * dBm).
4368  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
4369  *	(enum nl80211_dfs_state)
4370  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in milliseconds for how long
4371  *	this channel is in this DFS state.
4372  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
4373  *	channel as the control channel
4374  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
4375  *	channel as the control channel
4376  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
4377  *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
4378  *	this includes 80+80 channels
4379  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
4380  *	using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
4381  *	isn't possible
4382  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4383  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
4384  *	channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
4385  *	used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
4386  *	an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
4387  *	through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
4388  *	that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
4389  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
4390  *	channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
4391  *	the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
4392  *	band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
4393  *	off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
4394  *	done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
4395  *	the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
4396  *	off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
4397  *	radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
4398  *	wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
4399  *	attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
4400  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
4401  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4402  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
4403  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4404  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
4405  *	This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
4406  *	(see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
4407  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
4408  *	in current regulatory domain.
4409  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4410  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
4411  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4412  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
4413  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4414  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
4415  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4416  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
4417  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4418  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
4419  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4420  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
4421  *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
4422  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
4423  *	in current regulatory domain.
4424  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) that
4425  *	is allowed on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4426  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is
4427  *	allowed for peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control
4428  *	of a DFS master which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01
4429  *	Section B.3). Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only.
4430  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP
4431  *	not allowed using this channel
4432  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP
4433  *	not allowed using this channel
4434  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used in monitor
4435  *	mode despite other (regulatory) restrictions, even if the channel is
4436  *	otherwise completely disabled.
4437  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: This channel can be used for a
4438  *	very low power (VLP) AP, despite being NO_IR.
4439  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: This channel can be active in
4440  *	20 MHz bandwidth, despite being NO_IR.
4441  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is not allowed on this
4442  *	channel in current regulatory domain.
4443  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is not allowed on this
4444  *	channel in current regulatory domain.
4445  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is not allowed on this
4446  *	channel in current regulatory domain.
4447  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
4448  *	currently defined
4449  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4450  *
4451  * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
4452  * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
4453  * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
4454  * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
4455  */
4456 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
4457 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
4458 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
4459 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
4460 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
4461 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
4462 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
4463 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
4464 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
4465 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
4466 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
4467 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
4468 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
4469 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
4470 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4471 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
4472 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
4473 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
4474 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
4475 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
4476 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
4477 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
4478 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
4479 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
4480 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
4481 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
4482 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
4483 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ,
4484 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT,
4485 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD,
4486 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT,
4487 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT,
4488 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT,
4489 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR,
4490 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP,
4491 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY,
4492 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_4MHZ,
4493 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_8MHZ,
4494 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_16MHZ,
4495 
4496 	/* keep last */
4497 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4498 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4499 };
4500 
4501 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
4502 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4503 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4504 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4505 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
4506 					NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4507 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT \
4508 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT
4509 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT \
4510 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT
4511 
4512 /**
4513  * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
4514  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4515  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
4516  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
4517  *	in 2.4 GHz band.
4518  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
4519  *	currently defined
4520  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4521  */
4522 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
4523 	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
4524 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
4525 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
4526 
4527 	/* keep last */
4528 	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4529 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4530 };
4531 
4532 /**
4533  * enum nl80211_reg_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
4534  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
4535  *	regulatory domain.
4536  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
4537  *	regulatory domain.
4538  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
4539  *	wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
4540  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
4541  *	802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
4542  *	thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
4543  *	code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
4544  *	structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
4545  *	If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
4546  *	be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
4547  */
4548 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
4549 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
4550 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
4551 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
4552 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
4553 };
4554 
4555 /**
4556  * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
4557  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
4558  *	to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
4559  *	ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
4560  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
4561  *	domain.
4562  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
4563  *	driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
4564  *	and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
4565  *	them to be applied.
4566  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
4567  *	of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
4568  *	set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
4569  *	domain request to be processed.
4570  */
4571 enum nl80211_reg_type {
4572 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
4573 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
4574 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
4575 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
4576 };
4577 
4578 /**
4579  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
4580  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4581  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
4582  *	considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
4583  *	&enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
4584  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
4585  *	rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
4586  *	band edge.
4587  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
4588  *	in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
4589  *	band edge.
4590  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
4591  *	frequency range, in KHz.
4592  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
4593  *	for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
4594  *	If you don't have one then don't send this.
4595  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
4596  *	a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
4597  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4598  *	If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
4599  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD: power spectral density (in dBm).
4600  *	This could be negative.
4601  * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
4602  *	currently defined
4603  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4604  */
4605 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
4606 	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
4607 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
4608 
4609 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
4610 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
4611 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
4612 
4613 	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
4614 	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
4615 
4616 	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4617 
4618 	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD,
4619 
4620 	/* keep last */
4621 	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4622 	NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4623 };
4624 
4625 /**
4626  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4627  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4628  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4629  *	only report BSS with matching SSID.
4630  *	(This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4631  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4632  *	BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4633  *	if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4634  *	the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4635  *	matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4636  *	how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4637  *	the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4638  *	attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4639  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4640  *	%NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4641  *	relative to current bss's RSSI.
4642  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4643  *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4644  *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4645  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4646  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4647  *	(this cannot be used together with SSID).
4648  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Obsolete
4649  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4650  *	attribute number currently defined
4651  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4652  */
4653 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
4654 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
4655 
4656 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
4657 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
4658 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4659 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4660 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4661 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, /* obsolete */
4662 
4663 	/* keep last */
4664 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4665 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4666 		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4667 };
4668 
4669 /* only for backward compatibility */
4670 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4671 
4672 /**
4673  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4674  *
4675  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4676  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4677  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4678  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4679  * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4680  * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4681  * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4682  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4683  *	this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4684  *	beaconing.
4685  * @__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as NO_IR
4686  * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4687  *	base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4688  *	multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4689  * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4690  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4691  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4692  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4693  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4694  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4695  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
4696  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT: EHT operation not allowed
4697  * @NL80211_RRF_PSD: Ruleset has power spectral density value
4698  * @NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is allowed for
4699  *	peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control of a DFS master
4700  *	which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 Section B.3).
4701  *	Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only.
4702  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP not allowed
4703  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP not allowed
4704  * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Very low power (VLP) AP can be permitted
4705  *	despite NO_IR configuration.
4706  * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: Allow activity in 20 MHz bandwidth,
4707  *	despite NO_IR configuration.
4708  */
4709 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4710 	NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM                 = 1 << 0,
4711 	NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK                  = 1 << 1,
4712 	NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR               = 1 << 2,
4713 	NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR              = 1 << 3,
4714 	NL80211_RRF_DFS                     = 1 << 4,
4715 	NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY                = 1 << 5,
4716 	NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY               = 1 << 6,
4717 	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR                   = 1 << 7,
4718 	__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS               = 1 << 8,
4719 	NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW                 = 1 << 11,
4720 	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT           = 1 << 12,
4721 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS            = 1 << 13,
4722 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS             = 1 << 14,
4723 	NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ                = 1 << 15,
4724 	NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ               = 1 << 16,
4725 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HE                   = 1 << 17,
4726 	NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ               = 1 << 18,
4727 	NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT                  = 1 << 19,
4728 	NL80211_RRF_PSD                     = 1 << 20,
4729 	NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT          = 1 << 21,
4730 	NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT      = 1 << 22,
4731 	NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT      = 1 << 23,
4732 	NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP       = 1 << 24,
4733 	NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY    = 1 << 25,
4734 };
4735 
4736 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4737 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4738 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4739 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40		(NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4740 					 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4741 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4742 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT	NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT
4743 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT	NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT
4744 
4745 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4746 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL		(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4747 
4748 /**
4749  * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4750  *
4751  * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4752  * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4753  * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4754  * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4755  */
4756 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4757 	NL80211_DFS_UNSET	= 0,
4758 	NL80211_DFS_FCC		= 1,
4759 	NL80211_DFS_ETSI	= 2,
4760 	NL80211_DFS_JP		= 3,
4761 };
4762 
4763 /**
4764  * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4765  *
4766  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4767  *	assumed if the attribute is not set.
4768  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4769  *	base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4770  *	properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4771  *	by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4772  *	capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4773  *	ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4774  *	present has been registered with the wireless core that
4775  *	has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4776  *	supported feature.
4777  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4778  *	platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4779  */
4780 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4781 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER	= 0,
4782 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4783 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
4784 };
4785 
4786 /**
4787  * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4788  *
4789  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4790  * when getting information about a survey.
4791  *
4792  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4793  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4794  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4795  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4796  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4797  *	was turned on (on channel or globally)
4798  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4799  *	channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4800  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4801  *	channel was sensed busy
4802  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4803  *	receiving data (on channel or globally)
4804  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4805  *	transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4806  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4807  *	(on this channel or globally)
4808  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4809  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4810  *	receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4811  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4812  *	currently defined
4813  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4814  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4815  */
4816 enum nl80211_survey_info {
4817 	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4818 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4819 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4820 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4821 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4822 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4823 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4824 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4825 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4826 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4827 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4828 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4829 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4830 
4831 	/* keep last */
4832 	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4833 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4834 };
4835 
4836 /* keep old names for compatibility */
4837 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4838 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4839 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4840 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4841 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4842 
4843 /**
4844  * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4845  *
4846  * Monitor configuration flags.
4847  *
4848  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4849  *
4850  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4851  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4852  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4853  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4854  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: deprecated
4855  *	will unconditionally be refused
4856  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4857  *	and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4858  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass local tx packets
4859  *
4860  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4861  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4862  */
4863 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4864 	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4865 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4866 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4867 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4868 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4869 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4870 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4871 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX,
4872 
4873 	/* keep last */
4874 	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4875 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4876 };
4877 
4878 /**
4879  * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4880  *
4881  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4882  *	not known or has not been set yet.
4883  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4884  *	in Awake state all the time.
4885  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4886  *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4887  *	neighbor's beacons.
4888  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4889  *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4890  *	for neighbor's beacons.
4891  *
4892  * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4893  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX: highest possible power save level
4894  */
4895 
4896 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4897 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4898 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4899 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4900 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4901 
4902 	__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4903 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4904 };
4905 
4906 /**
4907  * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4908  *
4909  * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4910  * active.
4911  *
4912  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4913  *
4914  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4915  *	millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4916  *
4917  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4918  *	millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4919  *
4920  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4921  *	millisecond units
4922  *
4923  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4924  *	on this mesh interface
4925  *
4926  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4927  *	open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4928  *	mesh
4929  *
4930  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4931  *	point.
4932  *
4933  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4934  *	peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4935  *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4936  *	set.
4937  *
4938  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4939  *	containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4940  *	target)
4941  *
4942  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4943  *	(in milliseconds)
4944  *
4945  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4946  *	until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4947  *
4948  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4949  *	points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4950  *	the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4951  *
4952  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4953  *	TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4954  *	reference element
4955  *
4956  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4957  *	that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4958  *	mesh
4959  *
4960  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4961  *
4962  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4963  *	source mesh point for path selection elements.
4964  *
4965  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
4966  *	root announcements are transmitted.
4967  *
4968  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4969  *	access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
4970  *	Announcement frames.
4971  *
4972  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4973  *	TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4974  *	PERR element.
4975  *
4976  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4977  *	or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4978  *
4979  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4980  *	threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4981  *	a peer link.
4982  *
4983  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4984  *	to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4985  *	(see 11C.12.2.2)
4986  *
4987  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4988  *
4989  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4990  *
4991  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4992  *	which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4993  *	information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4994  *
4995  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4996  *	proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4997  *
4998  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4999  *	(in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
5000  *	containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
5001  *
5002  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
5003  *	type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
5004  *
5005  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
5006  *
5007  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
5008  *	established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
5009  *	remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
5010  *	the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
5011  *
5012  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
5013  *	will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
5014  *	field.  If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
5015  *	advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
5016  *
5017  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
5018  *      PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
5019  *      this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
5020  *      better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
5021  *      dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
5022  *
5023  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
5024  *	will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
5025  *	in the mesh formation field.
5026  *
5027  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5028  */
5029 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
5030 	__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
5031 	NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
5032 	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
5033 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
5034 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
5035 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
5036 	NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
5037 	NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
5038 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
5039 	NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
5040 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
5041 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
5042 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
5043 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
5044 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
5045 	NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
5046 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
5047 	NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
5048 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
5049 	NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
5050 	NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
5051 	NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
5052 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
5053 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
5054 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
5055 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
5056 	NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
5057 	NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
5058 	NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
5059 	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
5060 	NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
5061 	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
5062 
5063 	/* keep last */
5064 	__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5065 	NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5066 };
5067 
5068 /**
5069  * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
5070  *
5071  * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
5072  * changed while the mesh is active.
5073  *
5074  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
5075  *
5076  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
5077  *	vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
5078  *	default HWMP.
5079  *
5080  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
5081  *	vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
5082  *	metric.
5083  *
5084  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
5085  *	robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
5086  *	that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
5087  *	metrics in use.
5088  *
5089  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
5090  *	daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
5091  *
5092  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
5093  *	daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
5094  *	Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
5095  *	a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
5096  *	management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
5097  *	functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
5098  *	key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
5099  *	autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
5100  *	userspace daemon.
5101  *
5102  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
5103  *	vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
5104  *	neighbor offset synchronization
5105  *
5106  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
5107  *	implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
5108  *
5109  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
5110  *	method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
5111  *	Default is no authentication method required.
5112  *
5113  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
5114  *
5115  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
5116  */
5117 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
5118 	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
5119 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
5120 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
5121 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
5122 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
5123 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
5124 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
5125 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
5126 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
5127 
5128 	/* keep last */
5129 	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5130 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5131 };
5132 
5133 /**
5134  * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
5135  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
5136  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
5137  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
5138  *	disabled
5139  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
5140  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
5141  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
5142  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
5143  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
5144  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
5145  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
5146  */
5147 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
5148 	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
5149 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
5150 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
5151 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
5152 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
5153 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
5154 
5155 	/* keep last */
5156 	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5157 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5158 };
5159 
5160 enum nl80211_ac {
5161 	NL80211_AC_VO,
5162 	NL80211_AC_VI,
5163 	NL80211_AC_BE,
5164 	NL80211_AC_BK,
5165 	NL80211_NUM_ACS
5166 };
5167 
5168 /* backward compat */
5169 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
5170 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO	NL80211_AC_VO
5171 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI	NL80211_AC_VI
5172 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE	NL80211_AC_BE
5173 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK	NL80211_AC_BK
5174 
5175 /**
5176  * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
5177  * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
5178  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
5179  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
5180  *	below the control channel
5181  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
5182  *	above the control channel
5183  */
5184 enum nl80211_channel_type {
5185 	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
5186 	NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
5187 	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
5188 	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
5189 };
5190 
5191 /**
5192  * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
5193  *
5194  * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
5195  *	Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
5196  *
5197  * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
5198  * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
5199  *
5200  * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
5201  *	Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
5202  * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
5203  *	The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
5204  *	the preferred Tx key for the station.
5205  */
5206 enum nl80211_key_mode {
5207 	NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
5208 	NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
5209 	NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
5210 };
5211 
5212 /**
5213  * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
5214  *
5215  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
5216  * attribute.
5217  *
5218  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
5219  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
5220  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5221  *	attribute must be provided as well
5222  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5223  *	attribute must be provided as well
5224  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5225  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
5226  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5227  *	attribute must be provided as well
5228  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
5229  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
5230  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
5231  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
5232  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
5233  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
5234  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
5235  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5236  *	attribute must be provided as well
5237  */
5238 enum nl80211_chan_width {
5239 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
5240 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5241 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
5242 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
5243 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
5244 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
5245 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
5246 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
5247 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
5248 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
5249 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
5250 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
5251 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
5252 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320,
5253 };
5254 
5255 /**
5256  * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
5257  *
5258  * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
5259  *
5260  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
5261  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
5262  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
5263  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
5264  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
5265  */
5266 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
5267 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5268 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
5269 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
5270 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
5271 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
5272 };
5273 
5274 /**
5275  * enum nl80211_bss_use_for - bitmap indicating possible BSS use
5276  * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL: Use this BSS for normal "connection",
5277  *	including IBSS/MBSS depending on the type.
5278  * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK: This BSS can be used as a link in an
5279  *	MLO connection. Note that for an MLO connection, all links including
5280  *	the assoc link must have this flag set, and the assoc link must
5281  *	additionally have %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL set.
5282  */
5283 enum nl80211_bss_use_for {
5284 	NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL = 1 << 0,
5285 	NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK = 1 << 1,
5286 };
5287 
5288 /**
5289  * enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons - reason(s) connection to a
5290  *	BSS isn't possible
5291  * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: NSTR nonprimary links aren't
5292  *	supported by the device, and this BSS entry represents one.
5293  * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH: STA is not supporting
5294  *	the AP power type (SP, VLP, AP) that the AP uses.
5295  */
5296 enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons {
5297 	NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY	= 1 << 0,
5298 	NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH	= 1 << 1,
5299 };
5300 
5301 #define NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_UHB_PWR_MISMATCH \
5302 	NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH
5303 
5304 /**
5305  * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
5306  *
5307  * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
5308  * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
5309  * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
5310  * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
5311  *	(if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
5312  *	from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
5313  *	that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
5314  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
5315  * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
5316  * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
5317  *	raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
5318  *	if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
5319  *	different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
5320  *	they are from a Beacon frame.
5321  *	However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
5322  *	IEs may be from either frame subtype.
5323  *	If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
5324  *	data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
5325  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
5326  *	in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
5327  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
5328  *	in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
5329  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
5330  * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
5331  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
5332  *	elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
5333  *	yet been received
5334  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
5335  *	(u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) - No longer used!
5336  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
5337  *	(not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
5338  * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
5339  *	@NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
5340  * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
5341  *	was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
5342  *	accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
5343  * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
5344  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
5345  *	octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
5346  *	this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
5347  *	@NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
5348  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
5349  *	is set.
5350  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
5351  *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
5352  *	using the nesting index as the antenna number.
5353  * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
5354  * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8).
5355  * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it.
5356  * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR: u32 bitmap attribute indicating what the BSS can be
5357  *	used for, see &enum nl80211_bss_use_for.
5358  * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS: Indicates the reason that this BSS cannot
5359  *	be used for all or some of the possible uses by the device reporting it,
5360  *	even though its presence was detected.
5361  *	This is a u64 attribute containing a bitmap of values from
5362  *	&enum nl80211_cannot_use_reasons, note that the attribute may be missing
5363  *	if no reasons are specified.
5364  * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
5365  * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
5366  */
5367 enum nl80211_bss {
5368 	__NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
5369 	NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
5370 	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
5371 	NL80211_BSS_TSF,
5372 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
5373 	NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
5374 	NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
5375 	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
5376 	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
5377 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
5378 	NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
5379 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
5380 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
5381 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
5382 	NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
5383 	NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
5384 	NL80211_BSS_PAD,
5385 	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5386 	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
5387 	NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
5388 	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
5389 	NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID,
5390 	NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR,
5391 	NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR,
5392 	NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS,
5393 
5394 	/* keep last */
5395 	__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
5396 	NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5397 };
5398 
5399 /**
5400  * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
5401  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
5402  *	Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
5403  *	keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
5404  *	a given BSS.
5405  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
5406  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
5407  *
5408  * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
5409  * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
5410  */
5411 enum nl80211_bss_status {
5412 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
5413 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
5414 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
5415 };
5416 
5417 /**
5418  * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
5419  *
5420  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
5421  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
5422  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
5423  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
5424  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
5425  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
5426  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
5427  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
5428  * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
5429  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
5430  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
5431  *	trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
5432  *	the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
5433  */
5434 enum nl80211_auth_type {
5435 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
5436 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
5437 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
5438 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
5439 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
5440 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
5441 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
5442 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
5443 
5444 	/* keep last */
5445 	__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
5446 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
5447 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
5448 };
5449 
5450 /**
5451  * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
5452  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
5453  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
5454  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
5455  * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
5456  */
5457 enum nl80211_key_type {
5458 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
5459 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
5460 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
5461 
5462 	NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
5463 };
5464 
5465 /**
5466  * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
5467  * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
5468  * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
5469  * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
5470  */
5471 enum nl80211_mfp {
5472 	NL80211_MFP_NO,
5473 	NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
5474 	NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5475 };
5476 
5477 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
5478 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
5479 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
5480 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
5481 };
5482 
5483 /**
5484  * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
5485  * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
5486  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
5487  *	unicast key
5488  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
5489  *	multicast key
5490  * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
5491  */
5492 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
5493 	__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
5494 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
5495 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
5496 
5497 	NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
5498 };
5499 
5500 /**
5501  * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
5502  * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
5503  * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
5504  *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
5505  *	keys
5506  * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
5507  * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
5508  *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
5509  * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
5510  *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
5511  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
5512  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
5513  * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
5514  *	specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
5515  *	given with the command using the key or not (u32)
5516  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
5517  *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
5518  *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
5519  * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
5520  *	Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
5521  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
5522  *
5523  * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
5524  * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
5525  */
5526 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
5527 	__NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
5528 	NL80211_KEY_DATA,
5529 	NL80211_KEY_IDX,
5530 	NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
5531 	NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
5532 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
5533 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
5534 	NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
5535 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
5536 	NL80211_KEY_MODE,
5537 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
5538 
5539 	/* keep last */
5540 	__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
5541 	NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
5542 };
5543 
5544 /**
5545  * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
5546  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
5547  * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5548  *	in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
5549  *	1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
5550  *	%NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
5551  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5552  *	in an array of MCS numbers.
5553  * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5554  *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
5555  * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
5556  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5557  *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
5558  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
5559  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
5560  * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT: EHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5561  *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_eht
5562  * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_GI: configure EHT GI, (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
5563  * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_LTF: configure EHT LTF, (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ltf)
5564  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
5565  * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
5566  */
5567 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
5568 	__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
5569 	NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
5570 	NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
5571 	NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
5572 	NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
5573 	NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
5574 	NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
5575 	NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
5576 	NL80211_TXRATE_EHT,
5577 	NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_GI,
5578 	NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_LTF,
5579 
5580 	/* keep last */
5581 	__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
5582 	NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
5583 };
5584 
5585 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
5586 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX		8
5587 
5588 /**
5589  * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5590  * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5591  */
5592 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
5593 	__u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
5594 };
5595 
5596 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX		8
5597 /**
5598  * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5599  * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5600  */
5601 struct nl80211_txrate_he {
5602 	__u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
5603 };
5604 
5605 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
5606 	NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
5607 	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
5608 	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
5609 };
5610 
5611 #define NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX             16
5612 /**
5613  * struct nl80211_txrate_eht - EHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5614  * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5615  */
5616 struct nl80211_txrate_eht {
5617 	__u16 mcs[NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX];
5618 };
5619 
5620 /**
5621  * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
5622  * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
5623  * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
5624  * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
5625  * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
5626  * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
5627  * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
5628  * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
5629  *	since newer kernel versions may support more bands
5630  */
5631 enum nl80211_band {
5632 	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
5633 	NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
5634 	NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
5635 	NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
5636 	NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
5637 	NL80211_BAND_LC,
5638 
5639 	NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
5640 };
5641 
5642 /**
5643  * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
5644  * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
5645  * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
5646  */
5647 enum nl80211_ps_state {
5648 	NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
5649 	NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
5650 };
5651 
5652 /**
5653  * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
5654  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
5655  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
5656  *	the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
5657  *	to disable.  Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
5658  *	set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
5659  *	threshold values in dBm.  Events will be sent when the RSSI value
5660  *	crosses any of the thresholds.
5661  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
5662  *	the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
5663  *	new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
5664  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
5665  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
5666  *	consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
5667  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
5668  *	during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
5669  *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
5670  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
5671  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
5672  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
5673  *	checked.
5674  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
5675  *	interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
5676  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
5677  *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
5678  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
5679  *	loss event
5680  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
5681  *	RSSI threshold event.
5682  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
5683  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
5684  */
5685 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
5686 	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
5687 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
5688 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
5689 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
5690 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
5691 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
5692 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
5693 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
5694 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5695 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
5696 
5697 	/* keep last */
5698 	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
5699 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
5700 };
5701 
5702 /**
5703  * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5704  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5705  *      configured threshold
5706  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5707  *      configured threshold
5708  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5709  */
5710 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
5711 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
5712 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
5713 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5714 };
5715 
5716 
5717 /**
5718  * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5719  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5720  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5721  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5722  */
5723 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
5724 	NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
5725 	NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
5726 	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
5727 };
5728 
5729 /**
5730  * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
5731  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
5732  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
5733  */
5734 enum nl80211_tid_config {
5735 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
5736 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
5737 };
5738 
5739 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5740  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5741  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5742  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5743  */
5744 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
5745 	NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
5746 	NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
5747 	NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
5748 };
5749 
5750 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5751  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5752  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5753  *	for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5754  *	(%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5755  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5756  *	per peer instead.
5757  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribute, if set indicates
5758  *	that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5759  *	configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5760  *	should be left untouched.
5761  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5762  *	Its type is u16.
5763  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5764  *	specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5765  *	Its type is u8.
5766  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5767  *	transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5768  *	&NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5769  *	the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5770  *	output in wiphy capabilities.
5771  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5772  *	transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5773  *	&NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5774  *	the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5775  *	output in wiphy capabilities.
5776  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5777  *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5778  *	Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5779  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5780  *	specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5781  *	the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5782  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5783  *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5784  *	Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5785  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5786  *	to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5787  *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5788  *	the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5789  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5790  *	with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5791  *	configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5792  *	station.
5793  */
5794 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
5795 	__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
5796 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
5797 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
5798 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
5799 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
5800 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
5801 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
5802 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
5803 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
5804 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
5805 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
5806 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
5807 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
5808 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5809 
5810 	/* keep last */
5811 	__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5812 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5813 };
5814 
5815 /**
5816  * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5817  * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5818  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5819  *	a zero bit are ignored
5820  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5821  *	a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5822  *	to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5823  *	in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5824  *	corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5825  *	For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5826  *	xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5827  *	twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5828  *	Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5829  *	802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5830  *	first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5831  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5832  *	these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5833  * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5834  * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5835  */
5836 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5837 	__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5838 	NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5839 	NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5840 	NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5841 
5842 	NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
5843 	MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5844 };
5845 
5846 /**
5847  * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5848  * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5849  * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5850  * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5851  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5852  *
5853  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5854  * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5855  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5856  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5857  * by the kernel to userspace.
5858  */
5859 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5860 	__u32 max_patterns;
5861 	__u32 min_pattern_len;
5862 	__u32 max_pattern_len;
5863 	__u32 max_pkt_offset;
5864 } __attribute__((packed));
5865 
5866 /* only for backward compatibility */
5867 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5868 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5869 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5870 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5871 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5872 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5873 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5874 
5875 /**
5876  * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5877  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5878  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5879  *	the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5880  *	support for low-power operation already (flag)
5881  *	Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5882  *	any others are even supported by the device.
5883  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5884  *	is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5885  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5886  *	by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5887  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5888  *	which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5889  *	defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5890  *	Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5891  *	each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5892  *	done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5893  *	pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5894  *
5895  *	In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5896  *	carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5897  *
5898  *	When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5899  *	index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5900  *	to the kernel when configuring.
5901  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5902  *	used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5903  *	by the device (flag)
5904  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5905  *	done by the device) (flag)
5906  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5907  *	packet (flag)
5908  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5909  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5910  *	(on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5911  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5912  *	the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5913  *	may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5914  *	attribute contains the original length.
5915  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5916  *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5917  *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5918  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5919  *	802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5920  *	be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5921  *	contains the original length.
5922  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5923  *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5924  *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5925  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5926  *	"TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5927  *	containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5928  *	the TCP connection.
5929  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5930  *	wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5931  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5932  *	TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5933  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5934  *	the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5935  *	service
5936  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5937  *	is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
5938  *	same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
5939  *	specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5940  *	channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5941  *	results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
5942  *	attribute is also sent in a response to
5943  *	@NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5944  *	supported by the driver (u32).
5945  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5946  *	containing an array with information about what triggered the
5947  *	wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
5948  *	that the information is not available.  If more than one
5949  *	element is present, it means that more than one match
5950  *	occurred.
5951  *	Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5952  *	one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5953  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
5954  *	these attributes must be present.  If
5955  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5956  *	frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5957  *	channel.
5958  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC: For wakeup reporting only.
5959  *	Wake up happened due to unprotected deauth or disassoc frame in MFP.
5960  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5961  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5962  *
5963  * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5964  * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5965  */
5966 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5967 	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5968 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5969 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5970 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5971 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5972 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5973 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5974 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5975 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5976 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5977 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5978 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5979 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5980 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5981 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5982 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5983 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5984 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5985 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5986 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5987 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC,
5988 
5989 	/* keep last */
5990 	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5991 	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5992 };
5993 
5994 /**
5995  * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5996  *
5997  * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5998  * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5999  * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
6000  * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
6001  * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
6002  * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
6003  * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
6004  * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
6005  * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
6006  *
6007  * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
6008  * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
6009  * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
6010  * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
6011  * also woken up.
6012  *
6013  * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
6014  * response packets might not go through correctly.
6015  */
6016 
6017 /**
6018  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
6019  * @start: starting value
6020  * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
6021  * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
6022  *
6023  * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
6024  * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
6025  * in little endian.
6026  */
6027 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
6028 	__u32 start, offset, len;
6029 };
6030 
6031 /**
6032  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
6033  * @offset: offset of token in packet
6034  * @len: length of each token
6035  * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
6036  *	be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
6037  */
6038 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
6039 	__u32 offset, len;
6040 	__u8 token_stream[];
6041 };
6042 
6043 /**
6044  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
6045  * @min_len: minimum token length
6046  * @max_len: maximum token length
6047  * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
6048  */
6049 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
6050 	__u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
6051 };
6052 
6053 /**
6054  * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
6055  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6056  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
6057  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
6058  *	(in network byte order)
6059  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
6060  *	route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
6061  *	and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
6062  *	might require ARP querying.
6063  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
6064  *	socket and port will be allocated
6065  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
6066  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
6067  *	For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
6068  *	of the data payload.
6069  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
6070  *	(if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
6071  *	advertising it is just a flag
6072  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
6073  *	see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
6074  *	&struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
6075  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
6076  *	interval in feature advertising (u32)
6077  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
6078  *	u32 attribute holding the maximum length
6079  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
6080  *	feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
6081  *	but on the TCP payload only.
6082  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
6083  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
6084  */
6085 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
6086 	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
6087 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
6088 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
6089 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
6090 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
6091 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
6092 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
6093 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
6094 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
6095 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
6096 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
6097 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
6098 
6099 	/* keep last */
6100 	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
6101 	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
6102 };
6103 
6104 /**
6105  * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
6106  * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
6107  * @pat: packet pattern support information
6108  * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
6109  *
6110  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
6111  * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
6112  */
6113 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
6114 	__u32 max_rules;
6115 	struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
6116 	__u32 max_delay;
6117 } __attribute__((packed));
6118 
6119 /**
6120  * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
6121  * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
6122  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
6123  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
6124  *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
6125  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
6126  *	after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
6127  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
6128  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
6129  */
6130 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
6131 	__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
6132 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
6133 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
6134 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
6135 
6136 	/* keep last */
6137 	NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
6138 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
6139 };
6140 
6141 /**
6142  * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
6143  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
6144  *	in a rule are matched.
6145  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
6146  *	in a rule are not matched.
6147  */
6148 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
6149 	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
6150 	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
6151 };
6152 
6153 /**
6154  * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
6155  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
6156  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
6157  *	can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
6158  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
6159  *	flag attribute for each interface type in this set
6160  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
6161  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
6162  */
6163 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
6164 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
6165 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
6166 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
6167 
6168 	/* keep last */
6169 	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
6170 	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
6171 };
6172 
6173 /**
6174  * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
6175  *
6176  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
6177  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
6178  *	for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
6179  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
6180  *	interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
6181  *	apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
6182  *	in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
6183  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
6184  *	beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
6185  *	infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
6186  *	the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
6187  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
6188  *	different channels may be used within this group.
6189  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
6190  *	of supported channel widths for radar detection.
6191  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
6192  *	of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
6193  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
6194  *	different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
6195  *	in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
6196  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
6197  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
6198  *
6199  * Examples:
6200  *	limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
6201  *	=> allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
6202  *
6203  *	numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
6204  *	=> allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
6205  *
6206  *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
6207  *	=> allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
6208  *
6209  *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
6210  *	=> allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
6211  *
6212  * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
6213  * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
6214  * that any of these groups must match.
6215  *
6216  * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
6217  * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
6218  * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
6219  * interface type, the following group always exists:
6220  *	numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
6221  */
6222 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
6223 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
6224 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
6225 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
6226 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
6227 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
6228 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
6229 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
6230 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
6231 
6232 	/* keep last */
6233 	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
6234 	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
6235 };
6236 
6237 
6238 /**
6239  * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
6240  *
6241  * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
6242  *	state of non-existent mesh peer links
6243  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
6244  *	this mesh peer
6245  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
6246  *	from this mesh peer
6247  * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
6248  *	received from this mesh peer
6249  * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
6250  * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
6251  * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
6252  *	plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
6253  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
6254  * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
6255  */
6256 enum nl80211_plink_state {
6257 	NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
6258 	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
6259 	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
6260 	NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
6261 	NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
6262 	NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
6263 	NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
6264 
6265 	/* keep last */
6266 	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
6267 	MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
6268 };
6269 
6270 /**
6271  * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
6272  *
6273  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
6274  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
6275  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
6276  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
6277  */
6278 enum nl80211_plink_action {
6279 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
6280 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
6281 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
6282 
6283 	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
6284 };
6285 
6286 
6287 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN			16
6288 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN			16
6289 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN		24
6290 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN		32
6291 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32		32
6292 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN		8
6293 
6294 /**
6295  * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
6296  * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6297  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
6298  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
6299  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
6300  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
6301  * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
6302  * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
6303  */
6304 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
6305 	__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
6306 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
6307 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
6308 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
6309 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
6310 
6311 	/* keep last */
6312 	NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
6313 	MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
6314 };
6315 
6316 /**
6317  * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
6318  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
6319  *	Beacon frames)
6320  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
6321  *	in Beacon frames
6322  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
6323  *	element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
6324  */
6325 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
6326 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
6327 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
6328 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
6329 };
6330 
6331 /**
6332  * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
6333  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
6334  * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
6335  *	is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
6336  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
6337  *	as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
6338  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
6339  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
6340  */
6341 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
6342 	__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
6343 	NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
6344 	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
6345 
6346 	/* keep last */
6347 	__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
6348 	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
6349 };
6350 
6351 /**
6352  * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
6353  * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6354  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
6355  *	priority)
6356  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
6357  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
6358  * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
6359  *	(internal)
6360  * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
6361  *	(internal)
6362  */
6363 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
6364 	__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
6365 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
6366 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
6367 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
6368 
6369 	/* keep last */
6370 	NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
6371 	MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
6372 };
6373 
6374 /**
6375  * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
6376  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
6377  * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
6378  * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
6379  * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
6380  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
6381  */
6382 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
6383 	NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
6384 	NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
6385 	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
6386 	NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
6387 	NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
6388 };
6389 
6390 /**
6391  * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
6392  * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
6393  *	when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
6394  *	"start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
6395  */
6396 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
6397 	NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD		= 1 << 0,
6398 };
6399 
6400 /**
6401  * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
6402  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
6403  *	TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
6404  *	socket option.
6405  * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
6406  * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
6407  *	the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
6408  * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
6409  *	to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from
6410  *	cellular base stations.
6411  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
6412  *	here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
6413  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
6414  *	equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
6415  *	mode
6416  * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
6417  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
6418  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
6419  * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
6420  * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
6421  *	OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
6422  *	for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
6423  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
6424  *	setting
6425  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
6426  *	powersave
6427  * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
6428  *	transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
6429  *	doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
6430  *	stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
6431  *	state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
6432  *	they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
6433  *	and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
6434  *	states using station flags.
6435  *	Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
6436  *	stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
6437  *	stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
6438  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
6439  *	(HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
6440  * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
6441  *	Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
6442  *	beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
6443  *	still generated by the driver.
6444  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
6445  *	interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
6446  *	interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
6447  *	unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
6448  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
6449  *	channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
6450  *	lifetime of a BSS.
6451  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
6452  *	Set IE to probe requests.
6453  * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
6454  *	to probe requests.
6455  * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
6456  *	requests sent to it by an AP.
6457  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
6458  *	current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
6459  *	management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
6460  *	Measurement Report action frame.
6461  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
6462  *	estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
6463  *	to enable dynack.
6464  * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
6465  *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6466  *	even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
6467  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
6468  *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6469  *	and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
6470  *	rts/cts handshake.
6471  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
6472  *	TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
6473  *	command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
6474  *	needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
6475  * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
6476  *	the vif's MAC address upon creation.
6477  *	See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
6478  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
6479  *	operating as a TDLS peer.
6480  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6481  *	random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
6482  *	%NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
6483  *	address mask/value will be used.
6484  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
6485  *	using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
6486  *	scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6487  *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6488  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6489  *	random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
6490  *	scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6491  *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6492  */
6493 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
6494 	NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS			= 1 << 0,
6495 	NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS				= 1 << 1,
6496 	NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER		= 1 << 2,
6497 	NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS		= 1 << 3,
6498 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL	= 1 << 4,
6499 	NL80211_FEATURE_SAE				= 1 << 5,
6500 	NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN		= 1 << 6,
6501 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH			= 1 << 7,
6502 	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN				= 1 << 8,
6503 	NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER			= 1 << 9,
6504 	NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN			= 1 << 10,
6505 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN			= 1 << 11,
6506 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS			= 1 << 12,
6507 	/* bit 13 is reserved */
6508 	NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS		= 1 << 14,
6509 	NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE		= 1 << 15,
6510 	NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM			= 1 << 16,
6511 	NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR			= 1 << 17,
6512 	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE	= 1 << 18,
6513 	NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES	= 1 << 19,
6514 	NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES		= 1 << 20,
6515 	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET				= 1 << 21,
6516 	NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION		= 1 << 22,
6517 	NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION		= 1 << 23,
6518 	NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS			= 1 << 24,
6519 	NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS			= 1 << 25,
6520 	NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION		= 1 << 26,
6521 	NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE			= 1 << 27,
6522 	NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= 1 << 28,
6523 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 29,
6524 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR	= 1 << 30,
6525 	NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1U << 31,
6526 };
6527 
6528 /**
6529  * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
6530  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
6531  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
6532  *	request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
6533  *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
6534  *	the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
6535  *	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertised.
6536  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
6537  *	sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
6538  *	certain groups which can be configured by the
6539  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
6540  *	or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
6541  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
6542  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
6543  *	time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
6544  *	the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6545  *	(if available).
6546  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
6547  *	time the last beacon/probe was received. For a non-MLO connection, the
6548  *	time is the TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is
6549  *	connected to (if available). For an MLO connection, the time is the TSF
6550  *	of the BSS corresponding with link ID specified in the scan request (if
6551  *	specified).
6552  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
6553  *	channel dwell time.
6554  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
6555  *	configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non-HT/VHT) rate.
6556  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
6557  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
6558  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
6559  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
6560  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
6561  *	with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
6562  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
6563  *	in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
6564  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
6565  *	randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
6566  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
6567  *	for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
6568  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
6569  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
6570  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
6571  *	RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
6572  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
6573  *	authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
6574  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6575  *	handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
6576  *	and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
6577  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
6578  *	handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
6579  *	and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
6580  *	be supported.
6581  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
6582  *	the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
6583  *	actual dwell time.
6584  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
6585  *	response
6586  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
6587  *	the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
6588  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
6589  *	probe request tx deferral and suppression
6590  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
6591  *	value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
6592  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
6593  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
6594  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
6595  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
6596  *	Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
6597  *	informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
6598  *	channel change triggered by radar detection event.
6599  *	No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
6600  *	"radar detected" event.
6601  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
6602  *	receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
6603  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
6604  *	(average) ACK signal strength reporting.
6605  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: Backward-compatible ID
6606  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
6607  *      TXQs.
6608  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
6609  *	SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
6610  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
6611  *	except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
6612  *	by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
6613  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
6614  *	timing measurement responder role.
6615  *
6616  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
6617  *      able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
6618  *      if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
6619  *      freeze the connection.
6620  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
6621  *      Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
6622  *
6623  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
6624  *	fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
6625  *	scheduling.
6626  *
6627  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
6628  *	(set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
6629  *
6630  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Obsolete
6631  *
6632  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
6633  *	to a station.
6634  *
6635  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
6636  *	station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
6637  *
6638  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
6639  *	with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
6640  *	vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
6641  *
6642  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
6643  *	feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
6644  *	time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
6645  *
6646  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
6647  *	and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
6648  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
6649  *	protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
6650  *
6651  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
6652  *	forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
6653  *	handled as ordinary data frames.
6654  *
6655  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
6656  *
6657  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
6658  *      in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
6659  *
6660  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
6661  *	are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
6662  *
6663  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
6664  *	reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
6665  *	report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
6666  *	included in the scan request.
6667  *
6668  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
6669  *	can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
6670  *
6671  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
6672  *	Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
6673  *
6674  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6675  *	handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
6676  *	command).
6677  *
6678  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
6679  *	in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
6680  *
6681  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
6682  *	frames transmission
6683  *
6684  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
6685  *	unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
6686  *
6687  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
6688  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
6689  *
6690  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
6691  *      exchange protocol.
6692  *
6693  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
6694  *      exchange protocol.
6695  *
6696  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
6697  *      frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
6698  *      negotiation and range measurement procedure.
6699  *
6700  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
6701  *	detection and change announcemnts.
6702  *
6703  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
6704  *	FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
6705  *	frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
6706  *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
6707  *
6708  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
6709  *	detection.
6710  *
6711  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address
6712  *	change without having to bring the underlying network device down
6713  *	first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the
6714  *	origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy
6715  *	or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions
6716  *	might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations
6717  *	in progress, and no active connections.
6718  *
6719  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode.
6720  *
6721  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables
6722  *	authentication, data encryption and message integrity.
6723  *
6724  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA
6725  *	in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer
6726  *	using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
6727  *
6728  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
6729  *	handling in station mode.
6730  *
6731  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
6732  *	handling in AP mode.
6733  *
6734  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT: The device supports peer-to-peer or
6735  *	ad hoc operation on DFS channels under the control of a concurrent
6736  *	DFS master on the same channel as described in FCC-594280 D01
6737  *	(Section B.3). This, for example, allows P2P GO and P2P clients to
6738  *	operate on DFS channels as long as there's a concurrent BSS connection.
6739  *
6740  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT: The driver has support for SPP
6741  *	(signaling and payload protected) A-MSDUs and this shall be advertised
6742  *	in the RSNXE.
6743  *
6744  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT: Driver supports beacon rate
6745  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with EHT rates.
6746  *
6747  * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
6748  * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
6749  */
6750 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
6751 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
6752 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
6753 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
6754 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
6755 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
6756 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
6757 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
6758 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
6759 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
6760 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
6761 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
6762 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
6763 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
6764 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
6765 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
6766 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
6767 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
6768 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
6769 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6770 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
6771 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
6772 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
6773 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
6774 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
6775 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
6776 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
6777 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
6778 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6779 	/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
6780 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6781 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
6782 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
6783 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
6784 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
6785 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
6786 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
6787 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
6788 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, /* obsolete */
6789 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
6790 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
6791 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
6792 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
6793 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
6794 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
6795 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
6796 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
6797 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
6798 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
6799 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
6800 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
6801 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
6802 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
6803 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
6804 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6805 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
6806 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6807 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
6808 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
6809 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
6810 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
6811 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
6812 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
6813 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
6814 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE,
6815 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT,
6816 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN,
6817 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA,
6818 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD,
6819 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6820 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT,
6821 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT,
6822 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT,
6823 
6824 	/* add new features before the definition below */
6825 	NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
6826 	MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
6827 };
6828 
6829 /**
6830  * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6831  *	protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6832  *	To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6833  *	Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6834  *	protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6835  *	supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6836  *	to the host.
6837  *
6838  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6839  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6840  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6841  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6842  */
6843 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
6844 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =	1<<0,
6845 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =	1<<1,
6846 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =	1<<2,
6847 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =	1<<3,
6848 };
6849 
6850 /**
6851  * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6852  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6853  *	handled by the AP is reached.
6854  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6855  */
6856 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
6857 	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
6858 	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
6859 };
6860 
6861 /**
6862  * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6863  *
6864  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6865  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6866  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6867  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6868  */
6869 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
6870 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
6871 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
6872 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
6873 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
6874 };
6875 
6876 /**
6877  * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
6878  *
6879  * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6880  * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6881  * requests.
6882  *
6883  * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6884  * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6885  * one of them can be used in the request.
6886  *
6887  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6888  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6889  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6890  *	as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6891  *	dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6892  *	will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6893  *	when really needed
6894  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6895  *	for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6896  *	flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6897  *	@NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6898  *	the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6899  *	randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6900  *	locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6901  *	This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6902  *	the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6903  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6904  *	request parameters IE in the probe request
6905  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6906  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6907  *	rate of at least 5.5M. In case non-OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6908  *	only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6909  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6910  *	tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6911  *	and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6912  *	Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6913  *	a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6914  *	SSID and/or RSSI.
6915  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6916  *	accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6917  *	scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6918  *	implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6919  *	impacted with this flag.
6920  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6921  *	optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6922  *	optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6923  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6924  *	results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6925  *	possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6926  *	possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6927  *	Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6928  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6929  *	request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6930  *	possible.
6931  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6932  *	only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6933  *	added by userspace explicitly.)
6934  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6935  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6936  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6937  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by
6938  *	2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the
6939  *	information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses
6940  *	received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz
6941  *	channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set,
6942  *	the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of
6943  *	probe requests on non-PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that
6944  *	these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag
6945  *	is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be
6946  *	scanned if the user space has asked for it.
6947  */
6948 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6949 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY				= 1<<0,
6950 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH					= 1<<1,
6951 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP					= 1<<2,
6952 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR				= 1<<3,
6953 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME			= 1<<4,
6954 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP		= 1<<5,
6955 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE		= 1<<6,
6956 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION	= 1<<7,
6957 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN				= 1<<8,
6958 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER				= 1<<9,
6959 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY				= 1<<10,
6960 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN				= 1<<11,
6961 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT			= 1<<12,
6962 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ				= 1<<13,
6963 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ			= 1<<14,
6964 };
6965 
6966 /**
6967  * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6968  *
6969  * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6970  * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6971  * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6972  *
6973  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6974  *	listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6975  *	in ACL to authenticate.
6976  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6977  *	in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6978  */
6979 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6980 	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6981 	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6982 };
6983 
6984 /**
6985  * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6986  *
6987  * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6988  *
6989  * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6990  * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6991  * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6992  *	turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6993  * @__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST: internal
6994  * @NL80211_SMPS_MAX: highest used enumeration
6995  */
6996 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6997 	NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
6998 	NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6999 	NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
7000 
7001 	__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
7002 	NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
7003 };
7004 
7005 /**
7006  * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
7007  *
7008  * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
7009  * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
7010  *
7011  * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
7012  *	now unusable.
7013  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
7014  *	the channel is now available.
7015  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
7016  *	change to the channel status.
7017  * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
7018  *	over, channel becomes usable.
7019  * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
7020  *	non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
7021  *	be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
7022  *	applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
7023  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
7024  *	should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
7025  */
7026 enum nl80211_radar_event {
7027 	NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
7028 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
7029 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
7030 	NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
7031 	NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
7032 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
7033 };
7034 
7035 /**
7036  * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
7037  *
7038  * Channel states used by the DFS code.
7039  *
7040  * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
7041  *	check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
7042  * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
7043  *	is therefore marked as not available.
7044  * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
7045  */
7046 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
7047 	NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
7048 	NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
7049 	NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
7050 };
7051 
7052 /**
7053  * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
7054  * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
7055  *	wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
7056  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
7057  *	wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
7058  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
7059  */
7060 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
7061 	NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =	1 << 0,
7062 };
7063 
7064 /**
7065  * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
7066  *
7067  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
7068  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
7069  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
7070  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
7071  * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
7072  */
7073 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
7074 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
7075 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
7076 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
7077 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
7078 	/* add other protocols before this one */
7079 	NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
7080 };
7081 
7082 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
7083 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION		5000 /* msec */
7084 
7085 /**
7086  * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
7087  *
7088  * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
7089  *
7090  * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
7091  * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
7092  *	the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
7093  *	advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
7094  *	to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
7095  */
7096 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
7097 	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
7098 	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
7099 };
7100 
7101 /*
7102  * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
7103  * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
7104  * yet, so that's not valid so far)
7105  */
7106 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX	0x80000000
7107 
7108 /**
7109  * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
7110  * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
7111  *	value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
7112  *	may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
7113  *	added to this file when needed.
7114  * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
7115  */
7116 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
7117 	__u32 vendor_id;
7118 	__u32 subcmd;
7119 };
7120 
7121 /**
7122  * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
7123  *
7124  * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
7125  * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
7126  *
7127  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
7128  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
7129  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
7130  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
7131  */
7132 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
7133 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
7134 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
7135 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
7136 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
7137 };
7138 
7139 /**
7140  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
7141  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7142  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
7143  *	seconds (u32).
7144  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
7145  *	scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
7146  *	because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
7147  *	make the scan plan meaningless.
7148  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
7149  *	currently defined
7150  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
7151  */
7152 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
7153 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
7154 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
7155 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
7156 
7157 	/* keep last */
7158 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
7159 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
7160 		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
7161 };
7162 
7163 /**
7164  * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
7165  *
7166  * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
7167  *	of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
7168  * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
7169  */
7170 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
7171 	__u8 band;
7172 	__s8 delta;
7173 } __attribute__((packed));
7174 
7175 /**
7176  * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
7177  *
7178  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
7179  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
7180  *	is requested.
7181  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
7182  *	selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
7183  *	When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
7184  *	shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
7185  *	this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
7186  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
7187  *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
7188  *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
7189  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
7190  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
7191  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
7192  *
7193  * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
7194  * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
7195  * which the driver shall use.
7196  */
7197 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
7198 	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
7199 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
7200 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
7201 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
7202 
7203 	/* keep last */
7204 	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
7205 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
7206 };
7207 
7208 /**
7209  * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
7210  *
7211  * Defines the function type of a NAN function
7212  *
7213  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
7214  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
7215  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
7216  * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST: internal use
7217  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE: internal use
7218  */
7219 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
7220 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
7221 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
7222 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
7223 
7224 	/* keep last */
7225 	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
7226 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
7227 };
7228 
7229 /**
7230  * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
7231  *
7232  * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
7233  *
7234  * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
7235  * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
7236  */
7237 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
7238 	NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
7239 	NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
7240 };
7241 
7242 /**
7243  * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
7244  *
7245  * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
7246  *
7247  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
7248  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
7249  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
7250  */
7251 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
7252 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
7253 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
7254 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
7255 };
7256 
7257 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
7258 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
7259 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
7260 
7261 /**
7262  * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
7263  * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
7264  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
7265  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
7266  *	specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
7267  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
7268  *	publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
7269  *	Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
7270  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
7271  *	publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
7272  *	the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
7273  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
7274  *	subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
7275  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
7276  *	The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
7277  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
7278  *	is follow up. This is a u8.
7279  *	The requester instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
7280  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
7281  *	follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
7282  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
7283  *	close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
7284  *	This is a flag.
7285  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
7286  *	stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
7287  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
7288  *	specific info. This is a binary attribute.
7289  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
7290  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
7291  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
7292  *	attribute. It is a list of binary values.
7293  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
7294  *	nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
7295  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
7296  *	Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
7297  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
7298  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
7299  *
7300  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
7301  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
7302  */
7303 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
7304 	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
7305 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
7306 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
7307 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
7308 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
7309 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
7310 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
7311 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
7312 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
7313 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
7314 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
7315 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
7316 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
7317 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
7318 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
7319 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
7320 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
7321 
7322 	/* keep last */
7323 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
7324 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
7325 };
7326 
7327 /**
7328  * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
7329  * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
7330  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
7331  *	This is a flag.
7332  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
7333  *	%NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
7334  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
7335  *	%NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
7336  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
7337  *	and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
7338  *	attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
7339  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
7340  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
7341  */
7342 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
7343 	__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
7344 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
7345 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
7346 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
7347 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
7348 
7349 	/* keep last */
7350 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
7351 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
7352 };
7353 
7354 /**
7355  * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
7356  * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
7357  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
7358  *	match. This is a nested attribute.
7359  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7360  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
7361  *	that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
7362  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7363  *
7364  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
7365  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
7366  */
7367 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
7368 	__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
7369 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
7370 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
7371 
7372 	/* keep last */
7373 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
7374 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
7375 };
7376 
7377 /**
7378  * enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes - NAN band configuration attributes
7379  * @__NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_INVALID: Invalid.
7380  * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_BAND: Band for which the configuration is
7381  *	being set. The value is according to &enum nl80211_band (u8).
7382  * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_FREQ: Discovery frequency. This attribute shall not
7383  *	be present on 2.4 GHZ band. On 5 GHz band its presence is optional.
7384  *	The allowed values are 5220 (channel 44) or 5745 (channel 149).
7385  *	If not present, channel 149 is used if allowed, otherwise channel 44
7386  *	will be selected. The value is in MHz (u16).
7387  * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE: RSSI close threshold used for NAN state
7388  *	transition algorithm as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN
7389  *	Device Role and State Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) Specification
7390  *	v4.0. If not specified, default device value is used. The value should
7391  *	be greater than -60 dBm (s8).
7392  * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_MIDDLE: RSSI middle threshold used for NAN state
7393  *	transition algorithm as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN
7394  *	Device Role and State Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) Specification
7395  *	v4.0. If not present, default device value is used. The value should be
7396  *	greater than -75 dBm and less than %NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE
7397  *	(s8).
7398  * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_WAKE_DW: Committed DW information (values 0-5).
7399  *	Value 0 means that the device will not wake up during the
7400  *	discovery window. Values 1-5 mean that the device will wake up
7401  *	during each 2^(n - 1) discovery window, where n is the value of
7402  *	this attribute. Setting this attribute to 0 is not allowed on
7403  *	2.4 GHz band (u8). This is an optional parameter (default is 1).
7404  * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_DISABLE_SCAN: Optional flag attribute to disable
7405  *	scanning (for cluster merge) on the band. If set, the device will not
7406  *	scan on this band anymore. Disabling scanning on 2.4 GHz band is not
7407  *	allowed.
7408  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR: Internal.
7409  * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR_MAX: Highest NAN band configuration attribute.
7410  *
7411  * These attributes are used to configure NAN band-specific parameters. Note,
7412  * that both RSSI attributes should be configured (or both left unset).
7413  */
7414 enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes {
7415 	__NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_INVALID,
7416 	NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_BAND,
7417 	NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_FREQ,
7418 	NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE,
7419 	NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_MIDDLE,
7420 	NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_WAKE_DW,
7421 	NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_DISABLE_SCAN,
7422 
7423 	/* keep last */
7424 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR,
7425 	NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR - 1,
7426 };
7427 
7428 /**
7429  * enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes - NAN configuration attributes
7430  * @__NL80211_NAN_CONF_INVALID: Invalid attribute, used for validation.
7431  * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_CLUSTER_ID: ID for the NAN cluster. This is a MAC
7432  *	address that can take values from 50-6F-9A-01-00-00 to
7433  *	50-6F-9A-01-FF-FF. This attribute is optional. If not present,
7434  *	a random Cluster ID will be chosen.
7435  * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_EXTRA_ATTRS: Additional NAN attributes to be
7436  *	published in the beacons. This is an optional byte array.
7437  * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_VENDOR_ELEMS: Vendor-specific elements that will
7438  *	be published in the beacons. This is an optional byte array.
7439  * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_BAND_CONFIGS: This is a nested array attribute,
7440  *	containing multiple entries for each supported band. Each band
7441  *	configuration consists of &enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes.
7442  * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_PERIOD: Scan period in seconds. If not configured,
7443  *	device default is used. Zero value will disable scanning.
7444  *	This is u16 (optional).
7445  * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_DWELL_TIME: Scan dwell time in TUs per channel.
7446  *	Only non-zero values are valid. If not configured the device default
7447  *	value is used. This is u16 (optional)
7448  * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_DISCOVERY_BEACON_INTERVAL: Discovery beacon interval
7449  *	in TUs. Valid range is 50-200 TUs. If not configured the device default
7450  *	value is used. This is u8 (optional)
7451  * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_NOTIFY_DW: If set, the driver will notify userspace about
7452  *	the upcoming discovery window with
7453  *	%NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION.
7454  *	This is a flag attribute.
7455  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR: Internal.
7456  * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR_MAX: Highest NAN configuration attribute.
7457  *
7458  * These attributes are used to configure NAN-specific parameters.
7459  */
7460 enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes {
7461 	__NL80211_NAN_CONF_INVALID,
7462 	NL80211_NAN_CONF_CLUSTER_ID,
7463 	NL80211_NAN_CONF_EXTRA_ATTRS,
7464 	NL80211_NAN_CONF_VENDOR_ELEMS,
7465 	NL80211_NAN_CONF_BAND_CONFIGS,
7466 	NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_PERIOD,
7467 	NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_DWELL_TIME,
7468 	NL80211_NAN_CONF_DISCOVERY_BEACON_INTERVAL,
7469 	NL80211_NAN_CONF_NOTIFY_DW,
7470 
7471 	/* keep last */
7472 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR,
7473 	NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR - 1,
7474 };
7475 
7476 /**
7477  * enum nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
7478  *     authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
7479  * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
7480  * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
7481  */
7482 enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
7483 	NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
7484 	NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
7485 };
7486 
7487 /**
7488  * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
7489  *	responder attributes
7490  * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7491  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
7492  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
7493  *	(9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
7494  *	i.e. starting with the measurement token
7495  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: The content of Measurement Report Element
7496  *	(9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
7497  *	i.e. starting with the measurement token
7498  * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7499  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
7500  */
7501 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
7502 	__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7503 
7504 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
7505 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7506 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7507 
7508 	/* keep last */
7509 	__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7510 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7511 };
7512 
7513 /*
7514  * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
7515  *
7516  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
7517  * when getting FTM responder statistics.
7518  *
7519  * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7520  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
7521  *	were ssfully answered (u32)
7522  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
7523  *	frames were successfully answered (u32)
7524  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
7525  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
7526  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
7527  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
7528  *	indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
7529  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
7530  *	triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
7531  *	phase with the responder (u32)
7532  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
7533  *	- initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
7534  *	FTM slot (u32)
7535  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
7536  *	scheduled window (u32)
7537  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
7538  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
7539  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
7540  */
7541 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
7542 	__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
7543 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
7544 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
7545 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
7546 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
7547 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
7548 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
7549 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7550 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
7551 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7552 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
7553 
7554 	/* keep last */
7555 	__NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
7556 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
7557 };
7558 
7559 /**
7560  * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
7561  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
7562  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
7563  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
7564  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
7565  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
7566  */
7567 enum nl80211_preamble {
7568 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
7569 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
7570 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
7571 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
7572 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
7573 };
7574 
7575 /**
7576  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
7577  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
7578  *	these numbers also for attributes
7579  *
7580  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
7581  *
7582  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
7583  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
7584  */
7585 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
7586 	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
7587 
7588 	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
7589 
7590 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
7591 	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
7592 };
7593 
7594 /**
7595  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
7596  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
7597  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
7598  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
7599  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
7600  *	reason may be available in the response data
7601  */
7602 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
7603 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
7604 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
7605 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
7606 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
7607 };
7608 
7609 /**
7610  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
7611  * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7612  *
7613  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7614  *	type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
7615  *	enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
7616  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
7617  *	(flag attribute)
7618  *
7619  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
7620  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7621  */
7622 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
7623 	__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7624 
7625 	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
7626 	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
7627 
7628 	/* keep last */
7629 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
7630 	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
7631 };
7632 
7633 /**
7634  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
7635  * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7636  *
7637  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7638  *	type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
7639  *	named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
7640  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
7641  *	(using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
7642  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
7643  *	result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
7644  *	more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
7645  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
7646  *	doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
7647  *	This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
7648  *	(u64, usec)
7649  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
7650  *	(*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
7651  *	the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
7652  *	result.
7653  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
7654  *
7655  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
7656  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7657  */
7658 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
7659 	__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7660 
7661 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
7662 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
7663 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
7664 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
7665 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
7666 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7667 
7668 	/* keep last */
7669 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
7670 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
7671 };
7672 
7673 /**
7674  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
7675  * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7676  *
7677  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
7678  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
7679  *	attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
7680  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7681  *	measurement type, with attributes from the
7682  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
7683  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7684  *	measurement type, with attributes from the
7685  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
7686  *
7687  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
7688  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7689  */
7690 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
7691 	__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
7692 
7693 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
7694 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
7695 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
7696 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
7697 
7698 	/* keep last */
7699 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
7700 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
7701 };
7702 
7703 /**
7704  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
7705  * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7706  *
7707  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
7708  *	advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
7709  *	measurements can be done with in a single request
7710  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
7711  *	indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
7712  *	measurement results
7713  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
7714  *	indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
7715  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
7716  *	this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
7717  *	type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
7718  *	named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
7719  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
7720  *	meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
7721  *	sub-attributes taken from
7722  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
7723  *
7724  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
7725  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7726  */
7727 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
7728 	__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
7729 
7730 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
7731 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
7732 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
7733 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
7734 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
7735 
7736 	/* keep last */
7737 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
7738 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
7739 };
7740 
7741 /**
7742  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
7743  * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7744  *
7745  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
7746  *	is supported
7747  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
7748  *	mode is supported
7749  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
7750  *	data can be requested during the measurement
7751  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
7752  *	location data can be requested during the measurement
7753  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
7754  *	from &enum nl80211_preamble.
7755  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
7756  *	&enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
7757  *	bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
7758  *	configured to allow for other measurements types with different
7759  *	bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
7760  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
7761  *	the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
7762  *	is valid)
7763  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
7764  *	the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
7765  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
7766  *	trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7767  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
7768  *	if non-trigger-based ranging measurement is supported
7769  *
7770  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
7771  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7772  */
7773 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
7774 	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
7775 
7776 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
7777 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
7778 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
7779 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
7780 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
7781 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
7782 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
7783 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7784 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7785 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7786 
7787 	/* keep last */
7788 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
7789 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
7790 };
7791 
7792 /**
7793  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
7794  * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7795  *
7796  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
7797  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
7798  *	&enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
7799  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
7800  *	802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
7801  *	(u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7802  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
7803  *	of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
7804  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
7805  *	Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
7806  *	default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7807  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
7808  *	requested per burst
7809  *	(u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
7810  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
7811  *	(u8, default 3)
7812  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
7813  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
7814  *	(flag)
7815  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
7816  *	measurement (flag).
7817  *	This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
7818  *	mutually exclusive.
7819  *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7820  *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7821  *	ranging will be used.
7822  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non-trigger-based
7823  *	ranging measurement (flag)
7824  *	This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
7825  *	mutually exclusive.
7826  *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7827  *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7828  *	ranging will be used.
7829  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
7830  *	valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
7831  *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7832  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
7833  *	responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
7834  *	or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7835  *
7836  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
7837  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7838  */
7839 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
7840 	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7841 
7842 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
7843 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
7844 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7845 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
7846 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7847 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7848 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
7849 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
7850 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
7851 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7852 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7853 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
7854 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
7855 
7856 	/* keep last */
7857 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
7858 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
7859 };
7860 
7861 /**
7862  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
7863  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
7864  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
7865  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
7866  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
7867  *	on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
7868  *	try and get no response)
7869  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
7870  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
7871  *	received
7872  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
7873  *	later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
7874  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
7875  *	by the peer and are no longer supported
7876  */
7877 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
7878 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
7879 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
7880 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
7881 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
7882 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
7883 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
7884 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
7885 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
7886 };
7887 
7888 /**
7889  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
7890  * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7891  *
7892  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
7893  *	(u32, optional)
7894  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
7895  *	as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
7896  *	the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
7897  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
7898  *	transmitted (u32, optional)
7899  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
7900  *	that were acknowledged (u32, optional)
7901  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
7902  *	busy peer (u32, seconds)
7903  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
7904  *	used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7905  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
7906  *	the responder (similar to request, u8)
7907  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
7908  *	by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7909  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
7910  *	frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7911  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
7912  *	frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7913  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
7914  *	FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
7915  *	attributes)
7916  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
7917  *	action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
7918  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
7919  *	but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7920  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
7921  *	standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7922  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
7923  *	optional)
7924  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
7925  *	but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7926  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
7927  *	that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7928  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
7929  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
7930  *	this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7931  *	9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7932  *	Type 8.
7933  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
7934  *	(binary, optional);
7935  *	this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7936  *	9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7937  *	Type 11.
7938  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
7939  *
7940  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
7941  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7942  */
7943 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
7944 	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7945 
7946 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
7947 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
7948 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
7949 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
7950 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
7951 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7952 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7953 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7954 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
7955 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
7956 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
7957 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
7958 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
7959 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
7960 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
7961 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
7962 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
7963 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
7964 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7965 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7966 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7967 
7968 	/* keep last */
7969 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
7970 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
7971 };
7972 
7973 /**
7974  * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7975  * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7976  *
7977  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7978  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7979  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7980  *	tx power offset.
7981  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7982  *	values used by members of the SRG.
7983  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7984  *	BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7985  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7986  *
7987  * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7988  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7989  */
7990 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
7991 	__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
7992 
7993 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
7994 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
7995 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
7996 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
7997 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
7998 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
7999 
8000 	/* keep last */
8001 	__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
8002 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8003 };
8004 
8005 /**
8006  * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
8007  * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8008  *
8009  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
8010  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
8011  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
8012  *
8013  * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8014  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
8015  */
8016 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
8017 	__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
8018 
8019 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
8020 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
8021 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
8022 
8023 	/* keep last */
8024 	__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
8025 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8026 };
8027 
8028 /**
8029  * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
8030  * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8031  *
8032  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
8033  *	attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
8034  *	%NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
8035  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
8036  *	AKM suites for the specified interface types.
8037  *
8038  * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8039  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
8040  */
8041 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
8042 	__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
8043 
8044 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
8045 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
8046 
8047 	/* keep last */
8048 	__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
8049 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8050 };
8051 
8052 /**
8053  * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
8054  * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
8055  *
8056  * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8057  *
8058  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
8059  *	Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
8060  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
8061  *	Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit). If set to 0, the feature is disabled.
8062  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
8063  *	frame including the headers.
8064  *
8065  * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8066  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
8067  */
8068 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
8069 	__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
8070 
8071 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
8072 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
8073 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
8074 
8075 	/* keep last */
8076 	__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
8077 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
8078 };
8079 
8080 /*
8081  * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
8082  * mandatory fields.
8083  */
8084 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
8085 
8086 /**
8087  * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
8088  *	response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
8089  *
8090  * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8091  *
8092  * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
8093  *	Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
8094  *	26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). If set to 0, the feature is
8095  *	disabled.
8096  * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
8097  *	frame template (binary).
8098  *
8099  * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8100  * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
8101  */
8102 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
8103 	__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
8104 
8105 	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
8106 	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
8107 
8108 	/* keep last */
8109 	__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
8110 	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
8111 		__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
8112 };
8113 
8114 /**
8115  * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
8116  *	derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
8117  *	used.
8118  *
8119  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
8120  *	attribute is not present from userspace.
8121  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
8122  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
8123  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
8124  *	can be used.
8125  */
8126 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
8127 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
8128 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
8129 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
8130 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
8131 };
8132 
8133 /**
8134  * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
8135  *
8136  * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
8137  *
8138  * @NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE: internal
8139  */
8140 enum nl80211_sar_type {
8141 	NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
8142 
8143 	/* add new type here */
8144 
8145 	/* Keep last */
8146 	NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
8147 };
8148 
8149 /**
8150  * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
8151  *
8152  * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8153  *
8154  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
8155  *
8156  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
8157  *	limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
8158  *	of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
8159  *
8160  *	For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
8161  *	and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
8162  *
8163  *	For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
8164  *	%NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
8165  *	and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
8166  *
8167  * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8168  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
8169  *
8170  * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
8171  */
8172 enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
8173 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
8174 
8175 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
8176 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
8177 
8178 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
8179 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8180 };
8181 
8182 /**
8183  * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
8184  *
8185  * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID: Invalid
8186  *
8187  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
8188  *	power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
8189  *	NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
8190  *	0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
8191  *
8192  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
8193  *	index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
8194  *	is applied to this range.
8195  *
8196  *	Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
8197  *	and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
8198  *	have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
8199  *	%NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
8200  *	value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
8201  *	limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
8202  *	It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
8203  *
8204  *	Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
8205  *
8206  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
8207  *	frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
8208  *	It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
8209  *
8210  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
8211  *	frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
8212  *	It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
8213  *
8214  * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
8215  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
8216  */
8217 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
8218 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
8219 
8220 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
8221 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
8222 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
8223 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
8224 
8225 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
8226 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
8227 };
8228 
8229 /**
8230  * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
8231  * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
8232  * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
8233  * MBSSID and EMA.
8234  * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
8235  * features.
8236  *
8237  * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8238  *
8239  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
8240  *	the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
8241  *	Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
8242  *	wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
8243  *
8244  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
8245  *	to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
8246  *	if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
8247  *	by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
8248  *	a non-zero value.
8249  *
8250  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
8251  *	this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
8252  *	Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
8253  *	all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
8254  *	for using unique indices for the interfaces.
8255  *	Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
8256  *
8257  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
8258  *	a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
8259  *	the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
8260  *	indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
8261  *	is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
8262  *	the interface index of the same.
8263  *
8264  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
8265  *	Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
8266  *	by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
8267  *
8268  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_LINK_ID: Link ID of the transmitted profile.
8269  *	This parameter is mandatory when NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG attributes
8270  *	are sent for a non-transmitted profile and if the transmitted profile
8271  *	is part of an MLD. For all other cases this parameter is unnecessary.
8272  *
8273  * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8274  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
8275  */
8276 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes {
8277 	__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
8278 
8279 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES,
8280 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY,
8281 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX,
8282 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX,
8283 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA,
8284 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_LINK_ID,
8285 
8286 	/* keep last */
8287 	__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST,
8288 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8289 };
8290 
8291 /**
8292  * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
8293  *
8294  * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
8295  *	authentication.
8296  * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
8297  *	procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
8298  *	%NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
8299  *	ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
8300  *	userspace.
8301  */
8302 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags {
8303 	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT	= 1 << 0,
8304 	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT	= 1 << 1,
8305 };
8306 
8307 /**
8308  * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs - wiphy radio attributes
8309  *
8310  * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8311  *
8312  * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX: Index of this radio (u32)
8313  * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE: Frequency range supported by this
8314  *	radio. Attribute may be present multiple times.
8315  * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION: Supported interface
8316  *	combination for this radio. Attribute may be present multiple times
8317  *	and contains attributes defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
8318  * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK: bitmask (u32) of antennas
8319  *	connected to this radio.
8320  * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (u32) of this radio.
8321  *
8322  * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8323  * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute
8324  */
8325 enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs {
8326 	__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID,
8327 
8328 	NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX,
8329 	NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE,
8330 	NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION,
8331 	NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK,
8332 	NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_RTS_THRESHOLD,
8333 
8334 	/* keep last */
8335 	__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST,
8336 	NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8337 };
8338 
8339 /**
8340  * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy radio frequency range
8341  *
8342  * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8343  *
8344  * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START: Frequency range start (u32).
8345  *	The unit is kHz.
8346  * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END: Frequency range end (u32).
8347  *	The unit is kHz.
8348  *
8349  * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8350  * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute
8351  */
8352 enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range {
8353 	__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID,
8354 
8355 	NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START,
8356 	NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END,
8357 
8358 	__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST,
8359 	NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8360 };
8361 
8362 /**
8363  * enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs - S1G short beacon data
8364  *
8365  * @__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8366  *
8367  * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_HEAD: Short beacon head (binary).
8368  * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_TAIL: Short beacon tail (binary).
8369  *
8370  * @__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8371  * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute
8372  */
8373 enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs {
8374 	__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_INVALID,
8375 
8376 	NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_HEAD,
8377 	NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_TAIL,
8378 
8379 	/* keep last */
8380 	__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST,
8381 	NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_MAX =
8382 		__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST - 1
8383 };
8384 
8385 /**
8386  * enum nl80211_nan_capabilities - NAN (Neighbor Aware Networking)
8387  *	capabilities.
8388  *
8389  * @__NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_INVALID: Invalid.
8390  * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC: Flag attribute indicating that
8391  *	the device supports configurable synchronization. If set, the device
8392  *	should be able to handle %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG
8393  *	attribute in the %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN (and change) command.
8394  * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_USERSPACE_DE: Flag attribute indicating that
8395  *	NAN Discovery Engine (DE) is not offloaded and the driver assumes
8396  *	user space DE implementation. When set, %NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
8397  *	%NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION and %NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH commands
8398  *	should not be used. In addition, the device/driver should support
8399  *	sending discovery window (DW) notifications using
8400  *	%NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION and handling transmission and
8401  *	reception of NAN SDF frames on NAN device interface during DW windows.
8402  *	(%NL80211_CMD_FRAME is used to transmit SDFs)
8403  * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_OP_MODE: u8 attribute indicating the supported operation
8404  *	modes as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification Table 81 (Operation
8405  *	Mode field format).
8406  * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_NUM_ANTENNAS: u8 attribute indicating the number of
8407  *	TX and RX antennas supported by the device. Lower nibble indicates
8408  *	the number of TX antennas and upper nibble indicates the number of RX
8409  *	antennas. Value 0 indicates the information is not available.
8410  *	See table 79 of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification (Number of
8411  *	Antennas field).
8412  * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_MAX_CHANNEL_SWITCH_TIME: u16 attribute indicating the
8413  *	maximum time in microseconds that the device requires to switch
8414  *	channels.
8415  * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CAPABILITIES: u8 attribute containing the
8416  *	capabilities of the device as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM)
8417  *	specification Table 79 (Capabilities field).
8418  * @__NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST: Internal
8419  * @NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_MAX: Highest NAN capability attribute.
8420  */
8421 enum nl80211_nan_capabilities {
8422 	__NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_INVALID,
8423 
8424 	NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC,
8425 	NL80211_NAN_CAPA_USERSPACE_DE,
8426 	NL80211_NAN_CAPA_OP_MODE,
8427 	NL80211_NAN_CAPA_NUM_ANTENNAS,
8428 	NL80211_NAN_CAPA_MAX_CHANNEL_SWITCH_TIME,
8429 	NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CAPABILITIES,
8430 	/* keep last */
8431 	__NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST,
8432 	NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_MAX = __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST - 1,
8433 };
8434 
8435 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
8436